<?xml version="1.0" encoding="windows-1252"?><SEC xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="http://si.ksc.nasa.gov/sidownloads/xml/specsintactSEC.xsd"><MTA NAME="SUBFORMAT" CONTENT="NEW"/><BRK/>
<HDR><AST/><BRK/>
USACE / NAVFAC / AFCESA / NASA          UFGS-23 70 01.00 10 (January 2008)<BRK/>
                                        ----------------------------------<BRK/>
Preparing Activity:  <PRA>USACE</PRA>              Superseding<BRK/>
                                        UFGS-23 70 01.00 10 (October 2007)<BRK/>
<BRK/>
<HL4>UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS</HL4><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<HL4>References are in agreement with UMRL dated January 2009</HL4><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></HDR>
<BRK/>
<SCN>SECTION 23 70 01.00 10</SCN><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<STL>CENTRAL STEAM-GENERATING SYSTEM, COAL-FIRED</STL><BRK/>
<DTE>01/08</DTE><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  This guide specification covers the requirements for <SCP>coal-fired central 
steam-generating systems</SCP>.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Edit this guide specification for project specific requirements by adding, deleting, 
or revising text.  For bracketed items, choose applicable items(s) or insert 
appropriate information.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Remove information and requirements not required in respective project, whether 
or not brackets are present.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Comments and suggestions on this guide specification are welcome and should 
be directed to the technical proponent of the specification.  A listing of <URL HREF="http://65.204.17.188/report/ufgs.html">technical 
proponents</URL>, including their organization designation and telephone number, is 
on the Internet.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Recommended changes to a UFGS should be submitted as a  <URL HREF="http://65.204.17.188/projnet/cms/public.html">Criteria Change Request 
(CCR)</URL>.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<PRT><TTL>PART 1   GENERAL</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>1.1   REFERENCES</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  This paragraph is used to list the publications cited in the text of 
the guide specification.  The publications are referred to in the text by basic 
designation only and listed in this paragraph by organization, designation, 
date, and title.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature when you add a RID outside 
of the Section's Reference Article to automatically place the reference in the 
Reference Article.  Also use the Reference Wizard's Check Reference feature 
to update the issue dates.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
References not used in the text will automatically be deleted from this section 
of the project specification when you choose to reconcile references in the 
publish print process.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.  The publications are 
referred to within the text by the basic designation only.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<REF><ORG>ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA (ASA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASA S1.13</RID><RTL>(2005) Methods for the Measurement of Sound Pressure Levels in Air (ASA 118)</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL (AMCA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>AMCA 801</RID><RTL>(2001) Industrial Process/Power Generation Fans:  Specification Guidelines</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>AMERICAN BEARING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (ABMA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ABMA 11</RID><RTL>(1990; R 1999) Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ABMA 9</RID><RTL>(1990; R 2000) Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>AMERICAN BOILER MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (ABMA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ABMA Boiler 203</RID><RTL>(2002) A Guide to Clean and Efficient Operation of Coal-Stoker-Fired Boilers</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ABMA Boiler 402</RID><RTL>(2005) Boiler Water Quality Requirements and Associated Steam Quality for Industrial/Commercial and Institutional Boilers</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION (AGA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>AGA XR0603</RID><RTL>(2006) AGA Plastic Pipe Manual for Gas Service</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>AMERICAN GEAR MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (AGMA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>AGMA 6013</RID><RTL>(2006) Standard for Industrial Enclosed Gear Drives</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>AGMA 6113</RID><RTL>(2006) Standard for Industrial Enclosed Gear Drives (Metric Edition)</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE (API)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>API Spec 15LR</RID><RTL>(2001) Specification for Low Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe and Fittings</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>API Std 610</RID><RTL>(2004) Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical, and Natural Gas Industries</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>AMERICAN RAILWAY ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE-OF-WAY ASSOCIATION (AREMA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>AREMA Eng Man</RID><RTL>(2008) Manual for Railway Engineering</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>AWWA C203</RID><RTL>(2002) Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot-Applied</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>AWWA C213</RID><RTL>(2007) Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>AWWA C700</RID><RTL>(2002; Errata 2008) Standard for Cold Water Meters - Displacement Type, Bronze Main Case</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B1.20.1</RID><RTL>(1983; R 2006) Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B16.11</RID><RTL>(2005) Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B16.15</RID><RTL>(2006) Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings Classes 125 and 250</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B16.18</RID><RTL>(2001; R 2005) Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B16.21</RID><RTL>(2005) Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B16.26</RID><RTL>(2006) Standard for Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B16.3</RID><RTL>(2006) Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 150 and 300</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B16.34</RID><RTL>(2004) Valves - Flanged, Threaded and Welding End</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B16.39</RID><RTL>(1998; R 2006) Standard for Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions; Classes 150, 250, and 300</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B16.4</RID><RTL>(2006) Standard for Gray Iron Threaded Fittings; Classes 125 and 250</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B16.5</RID><RTL>(2003) Standard for Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings:  NPS 1/2 Through NPS 24</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B16.9</RID><RTL>(2007) Standard for Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B19.3</RID><RTL>(1991; Addenda A 1994; Addenda B 1995) Safety Standard for Compressors for Process Industries</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME B31.1</RID><RTL>(2007; Addenda 2008) Power Piping</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID><RTL>(2007; Addenda 2008) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Section I, Power Boilers</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME BPVC SEC IX</RID><RTL>(2007; Addenda 2008) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID><RTL>(2007; Addenda 2008) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Section VIII, Pressure Vessels Division 1 - Basic Coverage</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME CSD-1</RID><RTL>(2006) Control and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME PTC 10</RID><RTL>(1997; R 2003) Performance Test Code on Compressors and Exhausters</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME PTC 19.11</RID><RTL>(2008) Steam and Water Sampling, Conditioning, and Analysis in the Power Cycle</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASME PTC 4</RID><RTL>(1998) Fired Steam Generators</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 106/A 106M</RID><RTL>(2008) Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 167</RID><RTL>(1999; R 2004) Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 179/A 179M</RID><RTL>(1990a; R 2005) Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 242/A 242M</RID><RTL>(2004e1) Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 249/A 249M</RID><RTL>(2008) Standard Specification for Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater, Heat-Exchanger, and Condenser Tubes</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 285/A 285M</RID><RTL>(2003; R 2007) Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 350/A 350M</RID><RTL>(2007) Standard Specification for Standard Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 36/A 36M</RID><RTL>(2008) Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 514/A 514M</RID><RTL>(2005) Standard Specification for High-Yield-Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 516/A 516M</RID><RTL>(2006) Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate- and Lower-Temperature Service</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID><RTL>(2007) Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 568/A 568M</RID><RTL>(2007a) Standard Specifications for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements for</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 653/A 653M</RID><RTL>(2008) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 659/A 659M</RID><RTL>(2006) Standard Specification for Commercial Steel (CS), Sheet and Strip, Carbon (0.l6 Maximum to 0.25 Maximum Percent), Hot-Rolled</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 688/A 688M</RID><RTL>(2008) Standard Specification for Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Feedwater Heater Tubes</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM A 733</RID><RTL>(2003) Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel and Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe Nipples</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM B 111/B 111M</RID><RTL>(2008a) Standard Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy Seamless Condenser Tubes and Ferrule Stock</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM B 42</RID><RTL>(2002e1) Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM B 68</RID><RTL>(2002) Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM B 68M</RID><RTL>(1999; R 2005) Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed (Metric)</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM B 88</RID><RTL>(2003) Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM B 88M</RID><RTL>(2005) Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube (Metric)</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM C 155</RID><RTL>(1997; R 2007) Standard Specification for Insulating Firebrick</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM C 27</RID><RTL>(1998; R 2008) Fireclay and High-Alumina Refractory Brick</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM C 401</RID><RTL>(1991; R 2005) Alumina and Alumina-Silicate Castable Refractories</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM C 62</RID><RTL>(2008) Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale)</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM D 1066</RID><RTL>(2006) Sampling Steam</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM D 2186</RID><RTL>(2005) Deposit-Forming Impurities in Steam</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM D 888</RID><RTL>(2005) Dissolved Oxygen in Water</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM F 1139</RID><RTL>(1988; R 2004) Steam Traps and Drains</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>ASTM G 21</RID><RTL>(1996; R 2002) Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>CONVEYOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (CEMA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>CEMA B105.1</RID><RTL>(2003) Welded Steel Conveyor Pulleys with Compression Type Hubs</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>CEMA Belt Book</RID><RTL>(2005) Belt Conveyors for Bulk Materials</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>CSA AMERICA, INC. (CSA/AM)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>CSA/AM Z83.19</RID><RTL>(2001; R 2005; Addenda 2007) Gas-Fired Infrared Heaters</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>EXPANSION JOINT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (EJMA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>EJMA Stds</RID><RTL>(2003) EJMA Standards</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>HEAT EXCHANGE INSTITUTE (HEI)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>HEI 2622</RID><RTL>(2004) Standards for Closed Feedwater Heaters</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>HEI 2623</RID><RTL>(2004) Standards for Power Plant Heat Exchangers</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>HYDRONICS INSTITUTE DIVISION OF GAMA (HYI)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>HYI-005</RID><RTL>(2004) I=B=R Ratings for Boilers, Baseboard Radiation and Finned Tube (Commercial)</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>IEEE C37.90</RID><RTL>(2005) Standard for Relays and Relay Systems Associated With Electric Power Apparatus</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY (MSS)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>MSS SP-58</RID><RTL>(2002) Standard for Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacture</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>MSS SP-69</RID><RTL>(2003; R 2004) Standard for Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>MSS SP-70</RID><RTL>(2006) Standard for Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>MSS SP-71</RID><RTL>(2005) Standard for Gray Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>MSS SP-80</RID><RTL>(2008) Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>MSS SP-85</RID><RTL>(2002) Standard for Cast Iron Globe &amp; Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>NACE INTERNATIONAL (NACE)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>NACE SP0185</RID><RTL>(2007) Extruded, Polyolefin Resin Coating Systems with Soft Adhesives for Underground or Submerged Pipe</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>NATIONAL BOARD OF BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL INSPECTORS (NBBPVI)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>NBBPVI NB-27</RID><RTL>(1991) National Board Rules and Recommendations for the Design and Construction of Boiler Blowoff Systems</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>NEMA ICS 1</RID><RTL>(2000; R 2005; R 2008) Standard for Industrial Control and Systems General Requirements</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>NEMA MG 1</RID><RTL>(2007; Errata 2008) Standard for Motors and Generators</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>NEMA SM 23</RID><RTL>(1991; R 2002) Steam Turbines for Mechanical Drive Service</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>NFPA 329</RID><RTL>(2005) Handling Releases of Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Gases</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>NFPA 70</RID><RTL>(2007; AMD 1 2008) National Electrical Code - 2008 Edition</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>NFPA 85</RID><RTL>(2007) Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY (NIST)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>NIST HB 44</RID><RTL>(2007) NIST Handbook 44:  Specifications, Tolerances, and other Technical Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>RUBBER MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (RMA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>RMA IP-1</RID><RTL>(1989) Conveyor and Elevator Belt Handbook</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>THE SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS (SSPC)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>SSPC Paint 16</RID><RTL>(2006) Paint Specification No. 16 Coal Tar Epoxy-Polyamide Black (or Dark Red) Paint</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>SSPC SP 6</RID><RTL>(7) Commercial Blast Cleaning</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>30 CFR 1</RID><RTL>Mine Safety and Health Administration; Establishment and Use of Official Emblem</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF><REF><ORG>UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)</ORG><BRK/><BRK/><RID>UL 296</RID><RTL>(2003; Rev thru Feb 2006) Oil Burners</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>UL 726</RID><RTL>(1995; Rev thru Mar 2006) Oil-Fired Boiler Assemblies</RTL><BRK/><BRK/><RID>UL 795</RID><RTL>(2006) Commercial-Industrial Gas Heating Equipment</RTL><BRK/><BRK/></REF></SPT><SPT><TTL>1.2   SUBMITTALS</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Review submittal description (SD) definitions in Section <SRF>01 33 00</SRF> SUBMITTAL 
PROCEDURES and edit the following list to reflect only the submittals required 
for the project.  Submittals should be kept to the minimum required for adequate 
quality control.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
A “G” following a submittal item indicates that the submittal requires Government 
approval.  Some submittals are already marked with a “G”.  Only delete an existing 
“G” if the submittal item is not complex and can be reviewed through the Contractor’s 
Quality Control system.  Only add a “G” if the submittal is sufficiently important 
or complex in context of the project.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
For submittals requiring Government approval on Army projects, a code of up 
to three characters within the submittal tags may be used following the "G" 
designation to indicate the approving authority.  Codes for Army projects using 
the Resident Management System (RMS) are:  "AE" for Architect-Engineer; "DO" 
for District Office (Engineering Division or other organization in the District 
Office); "AO" for Area Office; "RO" for Resident Office; and "PO" for Project 
Office.  Codes following the "G" typically are not used for Navy, Air Force, 
and NASA projects.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Choose the first bracketed item for Navy, Air Force and NASA projects, or choose 
the second bracketed item for Army projects.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation 
are for [Contractor Quality Control approval.] [information only.  When used, a designation following the "G" 
designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government.]  Submit the following in 
accordance with Section <SRF>01 33 00</SRF> SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><SUB>SD-02 Shop Drawings</SUB></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Steam-Generating Units</SUB>[; <SUB>G</SUB>][; <SUB>G, [_____]</SUB>]</ITM><BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Equipment Erection</SUB>[; <SUB>G</SUB>][; <SUB>G, [_____]</SUB>]</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Detail drawings, consisting of schedules, performance charts, brochures, diagrams, drawings, 
and instructions necessary for installation of the steam-generating units and associated equipment.  
Include drawings for piping, pipe anchors, wiring devices, trenches and related foundations, 
and setting plans certified by the boiler manufacturer and burner manufacturer including coal 
and ash handling equipment.  Drawings shall indicate clearances required for maintenance and 
operation and shall also contain complete wiring and schematic diagrams, equipment layout and 
anchorage, and any other details required to demonstrate that the system has been coordinated 
and will properly function as a unit.  Include manufacturer's written instructions indicating 
optimum pressures at all manometer connectors.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><SUB>SD-03 Product Data</SUB></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Steam-Generating Units</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Manufacturer's design data and structural computations for walls, roof, foundations, and other 
features, for specialty type of construction.  Include design data for lateral forces that may 
be encountered due to wind loads and seismic forces.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Spare Parts</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Spare parts data for each item of equipment specifed.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Framed Instructions</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Proposed diagrams, instructions, and other sheets, before posting.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Welding</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  A copy of qualified procedures and a list of names and identification symbols of qualified 
welders and welding operators.  A proposed performance test procedure, 30 days prior to the 
proposed test date, containing a complete description of the proposed test along with calibration 
curves or test results furnished by an independent testing laboratory of each instrument, meter, 
gauge, and thermometer to be used in the tests.  The test shall not commence until the procedure 
has been approved.  Complete plan for water treatment, including proposed chemicals to be used 
and nationally recognized testing codes applicable to the system, prior to system startup.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><SUB>SD-06 Test Reports</SUB></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Tests</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Test reports in booklet form showing all field tests performed to adjust each component and 
all field tests performed to prove compliance with the specified performance criteria, upon 
completion and testing of the installed system.  Each test report shall indicate the final position 
of controls.  A written statement from the manufacturer's representative certifying that combustion 
control equipment has been properly installed and is in proper operating condition, upon completion 
of the installation. The action settings for all automatic controls in the form of a typed, 
tabulated list indicating the type of control, location, setting, and function.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST><SUB>SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data</SUB></LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM><SUB>Steam-Generating Units</SUB></ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>  Operating instructions, prior to the training course.  [Six] [_____] complete copies of operating 
instructions outlining the step-by-step procedures required for system startup, operation, and 
shutdown.  The instructions shall include the manufacturer's name, model number, service manual, 
parts list, and brief description of all equipment and their basic operating features.  Maintenance 
instructions, prior to the training course.  [Six] [_____] complete copies of maintenance instructions 
listing routine maintenance procedures, possible breakdowns and repairs, and troubleshooting 
guides.  The instructions shall include piping layout, equipment layout, and simplified wiring, 
and control diagrams of the system as installed.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.3   QUALITY ASSURANCE</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>1.3.1   <SUB>Welding</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Where pipeline, structural, or other welding is required on the same 
project, tests will be required accordingly.  Testing may be by the coupon method 
as prescribed in the welding code or by special radiographic methods.  If the 
need exists for more stringent requirements for weldments, delete the first 
bracketed statement and delete the welding submittal.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Piping shall be welded in accordance with qualified procedures using performance qualified welders and welding 
operators.  Procedures and welders shall be qualified in accordance with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC IX</RID>.  Welding procedures 
qualified by others, and welders and welding operators qualified by another employer may be accepted as permitted 
by <RID>ASME B31.1</RID>.  The Contracting Officer shall be notified 24 hours in advance of tests and the tests shall be 
performed at the work site if practicable.  The welder or welding operator shall apply his assigned symbol near 
each weld he makes as a permanent record.  Structural members shall be welded in accordance with Section 
<SRF>05 05 23</SRF> WELDING, STRUCTURAL.]  [Welding and nondestructive testing procedures are specified in Section 
<SRF>43 02 00</SRF> WELDING, PRESSURE PIPING.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.3.2   Use of Asbestos Products</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The first clause in brackets should be used when it is known that substitutes 
are available for any asbestos products which might be included with the equipment.  
The second clause in brackets should be used when it is possible or definitely 
known that asbestos products for which no technically acceptable substitute 
exists may be included with the equipment.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Products which contain asbestos are prohibited.  This prohibition includes items such as packings or gaskets, 
even though the item is encapsulated or the asbestos fibers are impregnated with binder material.]  [Except as 
provided below, products which contain asbestos are prohibited.  This prohibition includes items such as packings 
and gaskets, even though the item is encapsulated or the asbestos fibers are impregnated with binder material.  
Asbestos products are acceptable only in exceptional cases where the Contractor states in writing that no suitable 
substitute material exists, and, in addition, the Contractor furnishes to the Contracting Officer a copy of U.S. 
Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, "Material Safety Data Sheet" (Form OSHA-20), 
completed by the asbestos manufacturer stating that the product is not an asbestos health hazard.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>1.4   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Protect all equipment delivered and placed in storage from the weather, humidity and temperature variation, dirt 
and dust, or other contaminants.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>1.5   EXTRA MATERIALS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submit <SUB>spare parts</SUB> data for each item of equipmet specified, after approval of the detail drawings and not later 
than [_____] months before the date of beneficial occupancy.  Include in the data a complete list of spare parts 
and supplies, with current unit prices and source of supply, and a list of the parts recommended by the manufacturer 
to be replaced after [1] and [3] years of service.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</PRT><PRT><TTL>PART 2   PRODUCTS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.1   MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.1.1   Standard Products</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide materials and equipment which are the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture 
of the products and that essentially duplicate items that have been in satisfactory use for at least 2 years 
prior to bid opening.  Equipment shall be supported by a service organization that is, in the opinion of the 
Contracting Officer, reasonably convenient to the site.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.1.2   Nameplates</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Each major item of equipment shall have the manufacturer's name, address, type or style, model or serial number, 
and catalog number on a plate secured to the item of equipment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.1.3   Prevention of Rust</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Unless otherwise specified, surfaces of ferrous metal subject to corrosion shall be factory prime painted with 
a rust inhibiting coating and subsequently factory finish painted in accordance with the manufacturer's standard 
practice.  Equipment exposed to high temperature when in service shall be prime and finish painted with the manufacturer's 
standard heat resistant paint to a minimum thickness of<MET> 0.025 mm</MET><ENG> 1 mil</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.1.4   Equipment Guards and Access</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting setscrews, keys, and other rotating parts exposed to personnel 
contact shall be fully enclosed or guarded.  High temperature equipment and piping exposed to contact by personnel 
or where it creates a fire hazard shall be properly guarded or covered with insulation of a type specified.  
Items such as catwalks, operating platforms, ladders, and guardrails shall be provided where shown and shall 
be constructed in accordance with Section [<SRF>05 50 13</SRF> MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS][<SRF>05 51 33</SRF> METAL LADDERS].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.2   BOILERS</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Specify steam outlet temperature in cases where the boiler includes a 
superheater.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Each boiler shall have the capacity indicated.  The equipment design and accessory installations shall permit 
accessibility for maintenance and service.  Boilers shall be designed for a maximum allowable working pressure 
of [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> with an operating pressure of [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>.  Design conditions shall be as follows:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Rated capacity, [_____]<MET> kg/hour</MET><ENG> pounds/hour</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Steam outlet temperature, [_____]<MET> degrees C</MET><ENG> degrees F</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Site elevation, [_____]<MET> m</MET><ENG> feet</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.  Ambient air temperatures, [_____] to [_____]<MET> degrees C</MET><ENG> degrees F</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>e.  Reference air temperature, <MET>27 degrees C</MET><ENG> 80 degrees F</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The boiler shall be capable of operating continuously at maximum specified capacity without damage or deterioration 
to the boiler, setting, firing equipment, or auxiliaries.  The boiler shall be capable of automatically controlled 
operation while burning the fuel specified.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.1   Capacity</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Rated capacity shall be the capacity at which the boilers will operate continuously without exceeding the specified 
furnace heat release and transfer rates, furnace exit temperature, and gas exit temperature.  Boiler auxiliaries 
including fans, motors, drives, and similar equipment shall be provided with at least 10 percent excess capacity 
to allow for field variations in settings and to compensate for any unforeseen increases in pressure losses in 
appurtenant piping and ductwork.  [Stoker and grate capacities shall also be provided with 10 percent excess 
capacity to allow for variations in coal analysis.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.2   Electrical Equipment</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Electric motor-driven equipment specified shall be provided complete with motors and necessary motor control 
devices.  Motors and motor control devices shall be in accordance with Section <SRF>26 20 00</SRF> INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION 
SYSTEM including requirements for hazardous area locations.  Integral size motors of shall be premium efficiency 
type in accordance with <RID>NEMA MG 1</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.2.1   Motor Ratings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Motors shall be suitable for the voltage and frequency provided.  Motors<MET> 373 W</MET><ENG> 1/2 horsepower</ENG> and larger shall 
be three phase, unless otherwise indicated.  Ratings shall be adequate for the duty imposed, but shall not be 
less than indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.2.2   Motor Starters</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Where motor starters for mechanical equipment are provided in motor control 
centers, delete the reference to motor starters.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Where a motor starter is not shown in a motor control center on the electrical drawings, a motor starter shall 
be provided.  Where required, motor starters shall be provided complete with properly sized thermal overload 
protection and other equipment at the specified capacity, including an allowable service factor and other appurtenances 
necessary for the motor starter specified.  Manual or automatic control and protective or signal devices required 
for operation specified and any wiring required to such devices not shown on the electrical drawings shall be 
provided.  Where two-speed or variable-speed motors are indicated, solid-state variable-speed controllers may 
be provided to accomplish the same function.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.2.3   Boiler Design Requirements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.3.1   Radiant Heating</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The following is a guide to determine maximum radiant heat release:</NPR><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
                 Boiler Type             Maximum kJ/sq meter<BRK/>
                                            (Btuh/sq ft)<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
            Controlled circulation<BRK/>
             watertube boilers               1,419,500 (125,000)<BRK/>
<BRK/>
            Natural circulation<BRK/>
             watertube boilers               1,135,650 (100,000)<BRK/>
<BRK/>
            Firetube boilers                 1,135,650 (100,000)<BRK/></TBL>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The maximum effective radiant heating surface shall be limited to [_____]<MET> watt per square meter input</MET><ENG> Btu input 
per square foot per hour</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.3.2   Heat Input</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The maximum heat input per<MET> cubic meter</MET><ENG> cubic foot</ENG> of furnace volume shall be [<MET>931.5 Megajoules/cubic meter</MET><ENG> 25,000 
Btu/cubic foot</ENG> with spreader stokers] [<MET>1.7 Gigajoules/cubic meter</MET><ENG> 45,000 Btu/cubic foot</ENG> with underfeed stokers].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.3.3   Combustion Gas</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The combustion gas temperature at the furnace exit shall be a minimum of<MET> 38 degrees C</MET><ENG> 100 degrees F</ENG> less than 
the ash fusion softening temperature (reducing atmosphere) of the coal specified.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.3.4   Ash Discharge</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Spreader stoker units with continuous or intermittent automatic mechanical ash discharge grates, or one of the 
traveling grate type, shall have a maximum loading of<MET> 2.2 Mega watts/square meter</MET><ENG> 700,000 Btuh/square foot</ENG> of 
grate area.]  [Underfeed dumping grate units shall have a maximum loading<MET> 1.4 Mega watts/square meter</MET><ENG> 450,000 
Btuh/square foot</ENG> of grate, assuming a 10 percent maximum ash content and<MET> 1205 degrees C</MET><ENG> 2,200 degrees F</ENG> minimum 
ash softening temperature.  The area shall not include side dumping areas.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.3.5   Radiant Heating Surface</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Effective radiant heating surface shall be as specified in <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>.  For firetube steel firebox boilers 
it shall be the total water backed area within the furnace boundaries exposed to the flame.  The mean circumference 
shall be used for corrugated crown sheets.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.3.6   Furnace Volume</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Furnace volume for watertube or firetube boilers is defined as the cubical volume between the top of the grate 
and the first plane of entry into, or between, the tubes.  If screen tubes are utilized, they constitute the 
plane of entry.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.3.7   Boiler Operating Capacity</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The boiler shall maintain continuous capacity within the specified range at the specified pressure with boiler 
feedwater at a temperature of approximately [_____]<MET> degrees C</MET><ENG> degrees F</ENG>.  The flue gas outlet temperature shall 
be [_____]<MET> degrees C</MET><ENG> degrees F</ENG>, based on excess air of [_____] percent and carbon loss of [_____] percent at 
maximum continuous capacity.  Moisture in steam and boiler water concentrations shall be in accordance with <RID>ABMA Boiler 402</RID>
.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.3.8   Boiler Output Capacity</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Output capacity of the boiler shall be based on tests of the boiler as a unit.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.2.3.9   Boiler Markings</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Delete brackets if the boiler does not include a superheater.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Each boiler shall be stamped with:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Maximum continuous capacity in<MET> Watts</MET><ENG> Btuh</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Radiant heating surface in square<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Total heating surface in square<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.  Furnace volume in cubic<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>e.  Boiler unit design maximum allowable working pressure.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>f.  [Superheater final steam temperature in<MET> degrees C</MET><ENG> degrees F</ENG>.]</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>g.  [Superheater heating surface in square<MET> meters</MET><ENG> feet</ENG>.]</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.3   BOILER DETAILS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.1   Packaged <SUB>Steam-Generating Units</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Firebox Type (for Boiler Capacities Less Than<MET> 2.9 Mega watts</MET><ENG> 10,000,000 Btuh</ENG>:) Units shall be furnished 
complete with coal burning equipment, [fly ash collector,] brickwork, insulation with steel jacket, safety 
and operating controls, forced- and induced-draft fans, low water cutoff and alarm, and other required 
appurtenances.  The unit shall be complete, self-contained, fully automatic, and ready for service upon 
completion of utility connections except that firing equipment, safety and operating controls may be 
packaged separately from the boiler, fully assembled, factory wired, and completely ready for field mounting.  
The firebox boiler shall be of the watertube or firetube type in conformance with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>.  Control 
panel shall be prewired and totally enclosed.  Over-fire air jets shall be provided for furnace turbulence.  
Positioning controls shall be provided.  [The boiler shall be equipped with soot blowers.]</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Watertube, Waterwall Type (Boiler Capacities Over<MET> 2.9 Mega watts</MET><ENG> 10,000,000 Btuh</ENG>:)  Except as modified, 
the steam-generating unit shall comply with the requirements of <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>.  Steam generating unit 
shall be furnished complete with stoker, [fly ash collector,] forced- and induced-draft fans, control 
and instrument panel with limit and automatic controls, soot blowers, over-fire air system feedwater 
regulator, low water cutoff and alarm, feed piping and all other fittings, auxiliaries, and appurtenances 
necessary for safe and efficient operation.  The steam generator shall be factory fabricated and [assembled 
on a steel foundation or foundations] [top supported].</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.2   Watertube Boilers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Watertube type boilers shall be of the [site assembled] [shop assembled] type with either two or three drums 
and arranged to suit the fuel burning equipment specified.  Boilers shall be capable of continuous operation 
at the indicated capacity.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.2.1   Drums</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Drums shall be steel plate, fusion welded in conformance with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>, including stress relieving and 
x-raying of welded seams.  The main steam drums shall be of sufficient size to accommodate steam separators and 
drum internals with provisions and space for accomplishment of maintenance.  Baffling shall be provided to separate 
the steam from the water in the drum and to maintain a stable water level under a fluctuating load.  Variations 
in normal water level shall not exceed<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inches</ENG>, with an increasing load change of 20 percent of rated 
capacity per minute.  Steam separators shall be provided to deliver saturated steam with maximum specified moisture 
content.  Each drum shall have two<MET> 304.8 x 406.4 mm</MET><ENG> 12 x 16 inch</ENG> elliptical manholes, with the exception of the 
mud drum which shall have at least one<MET> 304.8 x 406.4 mm</MET><ENG> 12 x 16 inch</ENG> elliptical manhole.  Each manhole shall 
have cover, yoke, and gaskets.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.2.2   Tubes</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Tubes shall be not less than<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inches</ENG> in diameter, shall be electric welded or seamless steel, and shall 
be connected to the drums and headers by expanding into bored tube seats.  Boilers shall have water-cooled furnace 
walls of a design suitable for the application.  Lower header of sidewalls shall be round design with tubes welded 
to header stubs.  Each waterwall header shall have enough supply and riser tubes to ensure that no portion of 
the waterwalls will become water starved at maximum capacity.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.2.3   Baffles</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Baffles shall be arranged to bring the products of combustion into contact with the heating surfaces without 
excessive loss of draft.  Baffles shall be gas-tight and shall be either a refractory material or metal suitable 
for temperatures encountered.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.2.4   Access Doors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Access doors in sufficient number, of adequate size, and properly located shall be provided for cleaning, inspection, 
and repair of all areas in the complete assembly.  Doors shall be gas-tight and interior surfaces exposed to 
direct radiation and high temperatures shall be lined with approved refractory material to prevent excessive 
heat losses and warping of doors.  Doors too large or bulky for hand removal shall be hinged.  At least one observation 
port with cast-iron cover shall be provided on the front and rear wall of the furnace.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.2.5   Miscellaneous Pipe Connections</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Miscellaneous pipe connections shall be provided for steam outlet, safety valves, feedwater, feedwater regulator, 
water column, blowoff, steam supply to soot blowers, steam gauge and vent, continuous blowdown, continuous chemical 
feed, and instrument connections.  Boilers shall be provided with necessary jets for furnace turbulence, the 
number and arrangement of which shall be as recommended by the boiler manufacturer.  Soot blowers shall be provided, 
if required by the manufacturer.  A suitable smoke outlet with steel frame, damper, and damper shaft shall be 
provided.  Damper shall have external high temperature roller or ball bearings at both ends of the shaft, and 
shall have a suitable operating arm and rod.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.2.6   Superheater Design</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Delete if the boiler does not include a superheater.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The design of the superheater shall be such that at any given load, and to the extent feasible, all elements 
have the same outlet temperature.  The superheater tube and support materials shall be chosen so that with any 
reasonably expectable excess air and the worst expected unbalance in air, steam, and fuel distribution, there 
is an ample and conservative margin of safety to prevent damage by overheating or corrosion to the components.  
Pad-type permanent thermocouples shall be installed on superheater tubes in sufficient number and so located 
as to indicate the variation in, and maximum value of, the tube temperature across the furnace width.  The thermocouples 
shall be located outside of the gas stream.  The superheater outlet header shall be capable of absorbing the 
reactions from the main steam piping.  The superheater terminals shall be extended sufficiently clear of the 
boiler walls to facilitate connecting thereto.  Any superheater piping must be extended beyond the boiler front 
wall line, <MET>900 mm</MET><ENG> 3 feet</ENG> beyond casing.  Header penetrations through the casing shall be minimized.  Adequate 
superheater piping to mount the safety valves shall be provided.  The design shall be such as to minimize external 
corrosion on the superheater and reheater due to molten slag or fouling.  The location of headers in the gas 
stream shall be minimized.  Spray desuperheaters shall be complete with thermal sleeves of sufficient length 
to prevent droplets of water from coming in contact with the hot wall of the pipe.  The sleeves shall be arranged 
for attaching securely to the pipe, but in a manner that will permit differential expansion.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.2.7   Boilers and Firing Equipment</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boilers and firing equipment shall be supported from the foundations with structural steel independent of all 
brickwork.  Boiler supports shall permit free expansion and contraction of each portion of the boiler without 
placing undue stress of any part of the boiler or setting.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.3.3   Boiler Settings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.3.1   Boiler Material</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Materials shall conform to the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Firebrick:  <RID>ASTM C 27</RID>, class as recommended by the boiler manufacturer.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Insulating Brick:  <RID>ASTM C 155</RID>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Castable Refractory:  <RID>ASTM C 401</RID>.  The minimum modulus of rupture for transverse strength shall not 
be less than<MET> 4.1 MPa</MET><ENG> 600 psi</ENG> after being heat-soaked for 5 hours or more at a temperature in excess of<MET>
 1371 degrees C</MET><ENG> 2,500 degrees F</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.  Mortar, Air-Setting, Refractory:  As recommended by the boiler manufacturer.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>e.  Brick, Common:  <RID>ASTM C 62</RID>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>f.  Galvanized Steel Sheets:  <RID>ASTM A 659/A 659M</RID>, <RID>ASTM A 653/A 653M</RID>.  Gauges specified are manufacturer's 
standard gauge.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>g.  Uncoated Steel Sheets and Strips, Low Carbon:  <RID>ASTM A 36/A 36M</RID>.  Gauges specified are manufacturer's 
standard gauge.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.3.2   Firebox, Packaged Type</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boiler refractories and insulation shall be installed to permit free expansion without placing undue stress on 
the boiler or refractory.  Insulation and jacket shall provide a casing temperature not exceeding<MET> 77 degrees 
C</MET><ENG> 170 degrees F</ENG> in an ambient temperature of<MET> 38 degrees C</MET><ENG> 100 degrees F</ENG> with a surface wind velocity not exceeding<MET>
 254.0 mm/second</MET><ENG> 50 fpm</ENG> while operating at full load.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.3.3   Watertube, Waterwall Type</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  On watertube type boilers that will be used intermittently, welded wall 
construction is recommended to minimize corrosion.  In other applications or 
with fuels containing not more than 0.5 percent sulfur, a casing type enclosure 
is suitable.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boiler walls shall be [steel-encased wall construction with fabrication details as recommended by the boiler 
manufacturer.  Boiler wall and boiler roof lining shall consist of a continuous screen of closely spaced finned, 
tangent, or intermittent watertubes.  Steel-encased walls shall have casing constructed of not thinner than<MET> 3.416 
mm</MET><ENG> 10 gauge</ENG> black steel sheets, either bolted or welded.  Casing shall be gas-tight and shall be reinforced with 
structural steel to provide rigidity and prevent buckling.  Provision shall be made for expansion and contraction.  
[Refractory behind the waterwall tubes shall be high-duty refractory, not less than<MET> 63.5 mm</MET><ENG> 2-1/2 inches</ENG> thick.] 
High temperature block and mineral wool blanket insulation shall be provided between the refractory backup and 
steel casing, or between an inner and outer casing, and shall be of sufficient thickness to limit the maximum 
casing temperature in the furnace area to<MET> [54] [_____] degrees C</MET><ENG> [130] [_____] degrees F</ENG> with a surface air velocity 
of<MET> 508.0 mm/second</MET><ENG> 100 fpm</ENG> and an ambient air temperature of<MET> 27 degrees C</MET><ENG> 80 degrees F</ENG> when operating at full 
capacity.  When boilers are provided with double casings, the inner casing shall be constructed of not thinner 
than<MET> 1.897 mm</MET><ENG> 14 gauge</ENG> steel sheets.  Alloy steel conforming to <RID>ASTM A 568/A 568M</RID> shall be used where temperatures 
over<MET> 370 degrees C</MET><ENG> 700 degrees F</ENG> occur.] [of welded wall construction.  The width of the fins shall be limited 
to<MET> 19 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> to prevent overheating of the fins under all operating conditions.  Designs exceeding<MET> 19 mm</MET><ENG>
 3/4 inch</ENG> may only be used when provided with supporting calculations and subject to the approval of the Contracting 
Officer.  Tubes shall be seamless type.  The fin-to-tube weld shall be continuous and on both the front (fireside) 
and back side of the fin.  The fin shall not be less than<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick.  The construction shall form 
a pressure-tight structure capable of transferring a maximum amount of heat to the tube.  All welded joints and 
openings shall be checked by a pressure test.  Any casing leakage shall be repaired and made pressure-tight.  
The maximum deflection of the reinforced panels shall not exceed 1/360 of the length of the maximum span.  The 
structure tested shall be capable of holding a pressure of 1.5 times the predicted maximum furnace operating 
pressure.]</TXT><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  For personnel safety, the design temperature of the casing surface should 
not exceed 66 degrees C (150 degrees F).  Should the designer wish to use a 
design surface temperature between 54 and 66 degrees C (130 and 150 degrees 
F), an economic evaluation must be performed.  The evaluation must determine 
if the additional capital costs for insulation outweigh the cost savings due 
to reduced boiler radiation losses.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Boiler roof shall have a casing constructed of not thinner than<MET> 3.416 mm</MET><ENG> 10 gauge</ENG> black steel sheet.  
Refractory lining shall consist of<MET> 63.5 mm</MET><ENG> 2-1/2 inches</ENG>, minimum, of high-duty refractory backup behind 
the roof tubes and sufficient thickness of high temperature block insulation or mineral wool blanket 
to limit the maximum casing temperature in the furnace area to<MET> [54] [_____] degrees C</MET><ENG> [130] [_____] degrees 
F</ENG> with a surface air velocity of<MET> 508.0 mm/second</MET><ENG> 100 fpm</ENG> and an ambient air-temperature of<MET> 27 degrees 
C</MET><ENG> 80 degrees F</ENG> when operating at full capacity.  Exposed portions of the boiler drums shall be insulated 
with<MET> 75 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inches</ENG> of suitable mineral wool blanket or block insulation.  Manholes and other inspection 
and access openings, identification plates, and stamps shall have insulation finished neatly against 
a metal ring provided for this purpose.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Bridge walls exposed on all sides to radiant heat and to the products of combustion shall be constructed 
of super-duty refractory not less than<MET> 450 mm</MET><ENG> 18 inches</ENG> thick, conforming to the boiler manufacturer's 
requirements; walls having only the front side exposed to radiant heat and to the products of combustion 
shall have front facing and cap constructed of<MET> 225 mm</MET><ENG> 9 inches</ENG> of super-duty refractory and a back facing 
of not less than<MET> 225 mm</MET><ENG> 9 inches</ENG> of low-duty firebrick.  Base of the wall shall be common brick.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Settling chamber [, equipped with suitable means for frequent cleaning without shutting down the 
boilers,] shall be provided below the last pass of each boiler for the removal of fly ash.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.  Expansion joints shall be provided where indicated and else-where as required to permit all brickwork 
to expand freely without interference with the boiler.  Joints shall be of adequate width, tightly sealed 
against leakage, and free from mortar, with the outer<MET> 100 mm</MET><ENG> 4 inches</ENG> sealed with resilient mineral wool 
suitable for<MET> 930 to 1095 degrees C</MET><ENG> 1,700 to 2,000 degrees F</ENG>.  In addition, to allow for expansion of 
the inner face, a series of<MET> 3.2 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> wide vertical openings spaced<MET> 1.8 m</MET><ENG> 6 feet</ENG> apart shall be 
provided on the furnace side of the wall.  Proper provision shall be made for expansion and contraction 
between boiler foundation and floor.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>e.  Firebrick shall be laid up in air-setting mortar.  Each brick shall be dipped in mortar, rubbed, 
shoved into its final place, and then tapped with a wooden mallet until it touches the adjacent bricks.  
Mortar thick enough to lay with a trowel will not be permitted.  Maximum mortar joint thickness shall 
not exceed<MET> 3.2 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> and average joint thickness shall not exceed<MET> 1.6 mm</MET><ENG> 1/16 inch</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>f.  Plastic refractory shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and by 
workmen skilled in its application.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.3.4   Watertube, Waterwall (Packaged Type) Unit</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boiler setting, refractory, insulation, and casing shall be in accordance with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.3.4   Boiler Fittings and Appurtenances</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boiler fittings and appurtenances suitable for a steam working pressure of [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> and [_____]<MET> degrees 
C</MET><ENG> degrees F</ENG> shall be installed with each boiler in accordance with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.4.1   Water column</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Water column with straight-through type drain valve shall be provided.  Water column shall be complete with gauge 
glass, high- and low-water alarm, and three quick-closing gauge valves and try cocks fitted with the necessary 
chains and handles for operation from the boiler room floor.  [Water column lighting shall be provided for ease 
of reading at all times.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.4.2   Water Gauge</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Water gauge drain valve of the straight-through type shall be provided.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.4.3   Low Water Cutoff</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Low water cutoff with alarm located on instrument panel shall include either a float-actuated switch as a means 
of making electrical contact or an electrically-actuated probe type low water cutoff.  The float chamber shall 
be provided with a blowdown connection.  The cutoff shall cause a safety shutdown and sound an alarm when the 
boiler water level drops below a safe minimum level.  A safety shutdown due to low water cutoff shall require 
a manual reset before operation can be resumed and shall prevent recycling of the [burner] [stoker].</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.4.4   Bypass Button</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>A spring-loaded shunt bypass button shall be provided to prevent nuisance shutdowns during sightglass blowdown.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.4.5   Steam Gauge</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Steam gauge shall be provided for each boiler in a visible location on the boiler.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.4.6   Feed and Check Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Feed and check valves shall be provided adjacent to each boiler feed nozzle.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.4.7   Continuous Blowdown Valve</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Continuous blowdown equipment will be provided if required by UFC 3-410-01FA 
or UFC 3-410-02A.  If a firetube boiler is specified, these paragraphs will 
be deleted.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Continuous blowdown valve shall be manual proportioning type fabricated of corrosion-resistant steel.  The valve 
shall be equipped with a micrometer dial and pointer to indicate the proportional setting.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.4.8   Safety Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Safety valves of proper size and of the required number and construction and set pressures shall be in accordance 
with of the <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID> and shall be installed so that the exhaust steam will discharge through pipes extending 
through the roof.  Each exhaust riser shall have a drip-pan elbow to prevent the accumulation of water on the 
valve.  A suitable slip joint shall be provided between the drip-pan elbow and the riser.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.4.9   Blowoff Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Blowoff valves in tandem shall be provided at each point of blowdown as recommended by the boiler manufacturer.  
Piping shall be extra-heavy weight, minimum, steel pipe conforming to <RID>ASTM A 106/A 106M</RID> Grade B.  Blowoff valves 
shall be the balanced seatless type unless otherwise approved.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.4.10   Steam Nonreturn Valve</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Steam nonreturn valve of size and pressure rating shown shall be installed in the steam supply line from each 
boiler.  Valves shall be arranged to close automatically when there is a pressure differential of<MET> 34.5 kPa</MET><ENG> 5 
psi</ENG> between the boilers and steam headers and shall also be arranged to operate as stop valves.  Valves shall 
be set with the stem up, either inclined or vertical, and shall be of the rising stem type.  Valves shall be 
of the angle or straight-way type and shall operate without chattering, hammering, or sticking.  Valves shall 
be cast steel.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.4.11   Feedwater Regulator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Feedwater regulator, sized for the application, shall  be connected complete with all necessary piping and accessories 
for automatic operation.  Valved bypass shall be provided around control valve.  [Units shall be provided with 
device to lock regulator in existing position in case of power failure.]  [Units shall be provided with manual/automatic 
selector panel located on instrument panel.]  Feedwater control element shall be provided with a drain valve.  
The feedwater line shall be fitted with a thermometer well.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.3.4.12   Soot Blowers</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Manually operated rotary soot blowers are normally supplied on boilers 
up to 6 Megawatts (20 million Btuh).  The designer shall delete the inappropriate 
type of soot blower.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Soot blowers shall be furnished as required to effectively clean all tube surfaces within the boiler.  Steam 
blowing pressure shall be adjustable.  Elements within the boiler shall be constructed of heat-resisting alloys 
suitable for the flue gas temperature encountered and shall be removable without disturbing the boiler tubes.  
Soot blowers shall be furnished complete with necessary auxiliaries and shall be connected in accordance with 
the manufacturer's recommendations.  Soot blowers shall be [permanently-mounted, rotary type manually-operated 
by a single chain. Valve shall be quick-opening, positive-closing type located in the blower head, external to 
the boiler, with the working parts protected from the furnace gases, and valve shall be operated by the same 
chain that rotates the element.  Chains shall be continuous extending to within easy reach of the operating floors.  
Blowers shall be furnished complete with necessary auxiliaries and shall be connected in accordance with the 
manufacturer's recommendations.] [electrically-operated rotary or retractable type, except that soot blowers 
exposed to flue gas temperatures over<MET> 815 degrees C</MET><ENG> 1,500 degrees F</ENG> shall be retractable type only.  Rotary type 
soot blowers shall be provided with a quick-opening, positive closing type valve located in the blower head, 
external to the boiler, with the working parts protected from the furnace gases, and valve shall be operated 
by the same motor that rotates the element.  Electrically-operated retractable type soot blowers shall have either 
single motor-driven, totally-enclosed drive carriage with dual rack-and-pinion drives or dual-motor electric 
drive enclosed in a protective steel housing.  Electrically-operated soot blowers shall include starters and 
pushbutton stations.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.4   STOKER EQUIPMENT</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The boiler manufacturer shall certify that the stoker selected will be satisfactory for the boiler design.  Stokers 
shall be capable of efficiently burning coal with fuel sizing conforming to <RID>ABMA Boiler 203</RID>, approximately [_____]<MET>
 mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in size with an approximate moisture content of [_____] percent and having the following analyses:</TXT><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
             Proximate Analysis                      Percent, Dry<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
               Moisture                                [_____]<BRK/>
               Volatile matter                         [_____]<BRK/>
               Fixed carbon                            [_____]<BRK/>
               Ash                                     [_____]<BRK/></TBL>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
             Ultimate  Analysis                      Percent, Dry<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
               Carbon                                  [_____]<BRK/>
               Hydrogen                                [_____]<BRK/>
               Nitrogen (Calc)                         [_____]<BRK/>
               Sulfur                                  [_____]<BRK/>
               Chlorine                                [_____]<BRK/>
               Ash                                     [_____]<BRK/>
               Oxygen (Diff)                           [_____]<BRK/>
               Btu/lb as received                      [_____]<BRK/>
               Btu/lb - dry                            [_____]<BRK/>
               Grindability                            [_____]<BRK/>
               Raw Fuel Size                           [_____]<BRK/></TBL>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
             Ash Analysis                              Percent<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
               SiO(2)                                  [_____]<BRK/>
               Al(2)O(3)                               [_____]<BRK/>
               TiO(2)                                  [_____]<BRK/>
               Fe(2)O(3)                               [_____]<BRK/>
               CaO                                     [_____]<BRK/>
               MgO                                     [_____]<BRK/>
               Na(2)O                                  [_____]<BRK/>
               K(2)O                                   [_____]<BRK/>
               SO(3)                                   [_____]<BRK/></TBL>
<MET><TBL><THD><BRK/>
            Ash Fusion Temperatures     Degrees C<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
               Initial deformation temperature         [_____]<BRK/>
               Softening temperature                   [_____]<BRK/>
               Fluid temperature                       [_____]<BRK/></TBL>
</MET><ENG><TBL><THD><BRK/>
            Ash Fusion Temperatures     degrees F<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
               Initial deformation temperature         [_____]<BRK/>
               Softening temperature                   [_____]<BRK/>
               Fluid temperature                       [_____]</TBL></ENG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.1   Spreader Stokers</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Any paragraphs describing stoker equipment not necessary for the system 
specified will be deleted.  Stokers and stoking equipment selected will be based 
on the following:</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>Boilers having output capacities of 3.5 Megawatts (12,000,000 Btuh) or more 
will be equipped with mechanically-driven grates operating continuously or intermittently.  
Dump grates will not be permitted in boilers in this size range.  Spreader stokers 
will be specified for watertube boilers using bituminous coal with ash content 
on a dry basis in excess of 8 percent or ash fusion temperature lower than 1204 
degrees C (2200 degrees F).</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>Underfeed or pulsating grate stokers may be specified for firebox packaged boilers 
when bituminous coal of any composition is used.  Underfeed stokers will be 
the screw-feed type for boilers with capacity of less than 1635 kg (3600 pounds) 
of steam per hour, and the ram type for larger boilers.  Pulsating grate units 
will be water-cooled and complete with automatic coal feed and continuous ash 
removal.  Conveyor stokers may be specified for watertube boilers if suitable 
for the type of coal available.  Chain or traveling grate may be specified by 
deletion of the inapplicable type of grate, or the choice between the two types 
may be left to the Contractor by including both types in the description.  If 
steam drives are specified, plant must have an auxiliary boiler or an alternate 
source of steam for startup.  The following is a general guide in determining 
which type of grates to investigate:</NPR><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
                    Size<BRK/>
               Steam rate of<BRK/>
             boiler kg/hr (lb/hr)    Type of Grate and Stoker<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
                1,135 -  9,070       Single retort, stationary grate,<BRK/>
               (2,500 - 20,000)      underfeed stoker<BRK/>
<BRK/>
                9,070 - 13,600       Single retort, moving grate,<BRK/>
              (20,000 - 30,000)      underfeed stoker<BRK/>
<BRK/>
                2,270 - 34,020       Reciprocating grate, front<BRK/>
               (5,000 - 75,000)      continuous ash discharge stoker<BRK/>
<BRK/>
                2,270 -  45,360      Vibrating conveyor grate, front<BRK/>
               (5,000 - 100,000)     continuous ash discharge stoker<BRK/></TBL>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Spreader stokers shall be the overfeed self-feeding type suitable for burning a portion of the coal in suspension, 
but sized assuming 100 percent combustion on the grate.  [Coal shall be evenly distributed across the full width 
of the grate by not less than [_____] feeder units.  Unit shall be designed for operation of any feeder independently 
of the others, or it shall be possible to operate all feeders simultaneously.]  Feeders shall be capable of handling 
and uniformly distributing coal over the grate area.  Feeders shall be the mechanical-rotating type, shall have 
no moving parts within the combustion chamber, and where moving parts are exposed to excessive heat, such parts 
shall have all bearings protected by suitable water jackets.  Grease or oil lubrication shall be provided for 
all bearings.  Stoker shall be designed for readily adjustable feed distribution of coal on the grates.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.1.1   Spreader Stoker Grates</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Steam driven boiler auxiliaries will not be used unless the exhaust steam 
can be utilized completely.  Reference to steam drives will be deleted if inapplicable 
for the equipment specified.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Grates for spreader stoker firing shall be of the high air-resistant type especially designed and arranged for 
powered mechanical or compressed air actuated dumping in sections.  Openings shall provide proper distribution 
of air under the fuel bed.  [Grates shall be in sections to match the feeders with provisions for shutting off 
the forced draft to each section so that any section of the grate can be cleaned while the others remain in service.]  
Grates shall be heavy-duty, heat-resisting cast-iron.  Mechanical dumping shall be with [steam-] [air-] [water-]actuated 
power cylinders connected to the grates, and grates shall be furnished complete with cylinders, linkages, valves, 
and piping as required.  Each section shall dump independently of other sections.  Necessary over-fire air jets 
complete with fans, ducts, and air control valves shall be provided as required for proper turbulence and combustion.  
Grate drives shall be independent of feeder drives to provide independent speed variation of feeders and grates.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.1.2   Traveling Grates</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Traveling grates shall be high air-resistant type especially designed for spreader stoker firing and for continuous 
ash discharge.  Openings shall provide proper distribution of air under the fuel bed.  Grates shall be heavy-duty, 
heat-resisting cast-iron, and individual sections shall be replaceable without taking the grate out of service.  
Air seals around grate shall hold air leakage to a minimum.  Moving grates shall be furnished complete with supporting 
steel, shafts, sprockets, chain, gears, skid bars, and bearings as required.  The front end of the grates where 
the ash is discharged shall be enclosed with a dust-tight enclosure made of heavy cast-iron plates not less than<MET>
 15.9 mm</MET><ENG> 5/8 inch</ENG> thick and properly protected with firebrick where exposed to the furnace, or shall be of refractory-lined 
steel plate.  The vertical fronts of the enclosure shall be fitted with refractory-lined inspection and access 
doors, one for each feeder.  The roof of the enclosure shall be sealed with refractory to protect the metal parts 
from the furnace temperature.  The underside of the grates shall be enclosed to form a chamber.  Hopper for receiving 
the ashes shall be constructed as indicated or as recommended by the manufacturer.  Over-fire air jets shall 
be provided as required for proper turbulence and combustion.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.1.3   Vibrating Grate</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Vibrating grate of high air-resistant type shall be especially designed for spreader stoker firing and for continuous 
ash discharge.  Grates shall be either air- or water-cooled with openings to provide proper distribution of air 
under the fuel bed.  Grates shall be heavy-duty, heat-resisting cast iron and individual sections shall be replaceable.  
A manual adjustment shall be provided to regulate the ash bed thickness and ashes shall be automatically discharged 
to the ash pit.  The front of the grates where the ash is discharged shall be enclosed with a dust-tight enclosure 
of heavy cast-iron plates not less than<MET> 15.9 mm</MET><ENG> 5/8 inch</ENG> thick and properly protected with firebrick where exposed 
to the furnace, or shall be of refractory-lined steel plate.  The vertical fronts of this enclosure shall be 
fitted with refractory-lined inspection and access doors, one to each feeder.  Roof of this enclosure shall be 
sealed with refractory for protecting the metal parts from the furnace temperature.  The underside of the grates 
shall be enclosed to form a chamber with a hopper for receiving the ashes.  Over-fire air jets shall be provided 
for turbulence and combustion.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.1.4   Stoker Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Stoker controls that accurately regulate the coal feed rate shall be of the type required for connection to the 
combustion control system.  Manual setting of the coal feed rate with variation of stoker feed, as required to 
maintain any desired capacity between 50 and 110 percent of boiler capacity, shall be possible without disconnecting 
linkage.  Separate feeder and grate drives shall be provided.  Grate shall be driven through a variable speed 
transmission with devices for changing speed interlocked with fuel feed regulation.  Manual adjustment of grate 
speed shall only be for allowing synchronization with fuel feed.  All gears and chains of the variable speed 
transmission and gear reduction units, as required, shall run in a bath of oil and be enclosed in a dust-tight 
and oil-tight case.  Front and rear shafts of the grates shall be fitted with a forced lubrication system with 
fittings located outside the setting.  All bearings shall be of the antifriction type with hardened inner and 
outer races fitted with dust seals and easily accessible forced lubrication fittings.  Stoker [and grate] shall 
be provided with safety release devices to protect the mechanism from foreign materials or obstructions.  Stoker 
shall be driven by [electric motor] [steam turbine].  [Electric motor shall be totally enclosed fan-cooled for 
installation in Class II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>.  Motor starter shall 
be magnetic [across-the-line] [reduced voltage start] type with [general-purpose] [dust-tight] [explosion-proof] 
enclosure.]  [Steam turbines utilized for stoker drives shall conform to <RID>NEMA SM 23</RID>.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.1.5   Hoppers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Hoppers shall be constructed of steel plates not less than<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick and shall have a capacity of 
not less than [_____]<MET> kg</MET><ENG> pounds</ENG> per feeder.  Hoppers shall be provided with clean-out doors in the front of each 
feeder.  Coal feed to the hoppers shall be fitted with concave type transitions to ensure the proper distribution 
of coal and coal fines across the width of the hoppers.  Stoker front plate shall form the front of the boiler 
for the full width of the boiler and from the firing floor to some point above the stoker where it shall connect 
to the boiler structural framing.  Front shall be cast-iron or steel plate refractory lined with [auxiliary firing 
doors and] clean-out doors of refractory lined cast-iron.  Structural framing as required shall support the stoker 
and its components from the boiler foundation or boiler room floor.  The area under the grates shall be divided 
into not less than four airtight zones for supply of forced draft having zone control dampers with external indicating 
operating and locking devices.  All pressure parts for water-cooled grates including watertubes, headers, and 
valves furnished by the stoker manufacturer shall be for boiler pressure specified and shall be constructed in 
conformance with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.1.6   Over-Fire Turbulence and Cinder and Dust Reinjection System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Spreader stokers shall be provided with over-fire turbulence and cinder-and-dust reinjection systems.  Either 
air or steam may be used as the transport medium.  Air systems shall be provided with operating air by a single, 
low volume, high-pressure fan, driven by a splashproof electric motor.  The reinjection system ejectors shall 
be properly designed, located, and sized for maximum fly ash pickup from all points.  Nozzles for each system 
shall be equipped with manometer connections and heavy-duty adjustable dampers fitted with locking devices and 
position indicators. Nozzles shall provide maximum combustion efficiency and furnace turbulence. A manometer 
connection and a permanent manometer shall be provided immediately downstream from the main reinjection air supply 
damper.  A portable manometer shall be provided.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.4.2   Underfeed Stokers</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Any paragraphs describing stoker equipment not necessary for the system 
specified will be deleted.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.1   Single Retort, Heavy-Duty Ram-Type Stokers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Single retort, heavy-duty ram-type stokers shall be equipped with stationary or moving grates and side dump plates, 
and shall be provided with [steam] [electric motor] drive and all necessary auxiliary equipment.  Dumping power 
cylinders shall be compressed air actuated.  Coal shall be fed from the hopper into the retort by means of a 
ram and shall be evenly distributed along the full length of the retort with auxiliary pusher blocks on a pusher 
rod located at the bottom of the retort and actuated by the coal ram.  Dampers shall be provided between ash 
pits and main air chamber under stoker to permit control of air distribution to the grate surface.  Dampers shall 
be arranged for operation from the front plate of the boiler.  Air distribution shall be such that the air pressure 
is greatest where the fuel bed is the thickest.  Air quantity shall vary in direct proportion with coal feed 
rate and shall be controlled automatically.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Grate surface shall include the underfeed retort area, air admitting tuyeres, side combustion grates, 
and the side dumping plates.  Retorts shall be sectional construction of large capacity and proper shape 
to distribute coal uniformly over the entire grate surface with a minimum of moving parts within the 
furnace.  Stokers having total grate width of more than<MET> 2.1 m</MET><ENG> 7 feet</ENG> shall have movable grates providing 
positive lateral feeding of the coal from the retort toward the dump plates.  Retort and grate sections 
shall be constructed of heavy-duty, heat-resisting cast iron, shall be cored for proper air distribution, 
and shall be designed for easy replacement of individual sections.  Ash dump plates shall be provided 
with necessary levers and linkage for hand operation from the front of the boiler.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Ram feed shall be mechanical [steam] [pneumatic or hydraulic] [driven by an electric motor connected 
through an efficient gear reduction unit, crankshaft, and connecting rod].  [Motors shall be totally 
enclosed fan-cooled type [for installation in a Class II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in accordance 
with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>]].  [Motor starter shall be magnetic [across-the-line] [reduced voltage start] type with 
[general-purpose] [dust-tight] [explosion-proof] enclosure.]  Stoker controls shall be for connection 
to the combustion control system to accurately regulate the coal feed rate.  Manual setting of the coal 
feed rate shall be possible without disconnecting linkage, with variation of stoker feed as required 
to maintain any desired capacity between 25 and 110 percent of boiler capacity in 10 or more equal increments.  
Regulation of the coal feed rate shall be by varying the time increments between strokes of the ram.  
A throw-out release shall protect the coal feeding mechanism from injury in case foreign materials obstruct 
normal operation.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Hoppers shall be constructed of steel plates not less than<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick and shall have a 
capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> kg</MET><ENG> pounds</ENG>.  Hoppers shall be provided with clean-out doors.  Stoker 
front plate shall form the front of the boiler for the full width of the boiler and extend from the firing 
floor to some point above the stoker where it shall connect to the boiler structural framing.  Front 
shall be cast-iron or steel plate, refractory lined with [auxiliary firing doors and] clean-out doors 
of refractory lined cast-iron.  Structural framing, as required, shall support the stoker and its components 
from the boiler foundation or boiler room floor.  Water spray pipes and nozzles shall be provided for 
quenching the ashes in the ash pit.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.2.2   Single Retort Screw Type Stokers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Single retort, heavy-duty, screw feed stokers shall be equipped with rectangular firepot, side dump grates, forced-draft 
fan, electric-motor drive, and all necessary auxiliary equipment.  Coal shall be fed from the hopper into the 
retort with a spiral worm conveyor designed to feed a constant amount of coal and to prevent coal from packing 
in the worm.  [Dampers shall be provided between ash pits and main air chamber under stoker to permit control 
of air distribution to the grate surface.  Dampers shall be arranged to be operated manually from the front plate 
of the boiler.]  The stoker shall be provided with an integral, forced-draft fan driven by the stoker motor.  
Air quantity shall vary in direct proportion with the coal feed rate and shall be controlled automatically.  
Retorts and grates shall be constructed of heavy-duty, heat-resisting cast-iron, shall be cored for proper air 
distribution, and shall be designed for easy replacement of individual sections.  Retorts shall be of proper 
size and shape to distribute coal uniformly over the entire grate surface.  Stationary grates shall be provided 
on all sides of the retort as required to suit the firebox.  [Ash dump grates shall be provided on each side 
of the retort complete with necessary levers and linkages for hand operation from the front of the boiler.]  
Electric motor shall be belt-connected to an efficient gear reduction unit which shall drive the feed screw and 
forced-draft fan.  Gear reduction unit shall be immersed in oil in a dustproof housing.  Stoker controls shall 
be suitable for connection to the combustion control system to accurately regulate the coal feed rate.  Feed 
rate control shall allow manual setting for not less than three speeds and neutral, in equal increments, with 
speed changes possible while stoker is running.  A suitable release shall protect the coal feeding mechanism 
from injury in case foreign materials obstruct normal operation.  Motors shall be totally enclosed fan-cooled 
type [for installation in a Class II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>].  Motor 
starter shall be [manual] [[magnetic] [across-the-line] [reduced voltage start] type with [general-purpose] [dust-tight] 
[explosion-proof] enclosure.]  Hoppers shall be constructed of<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> steel sheet, minimum, shall be 
reinforced, and shall have a capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> kg</MET><ENG> pounds</ENG>.  Hoppers shall be provided with suitable 
cleanout.  Feed screw shall be removable and conveyor compartment shall have cleanout.  Stoker shall rest on 
boiler room floor.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.4.3   Conveyor Stokers</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Any paragraphs describing stoker equipment not necessary for the system 
specified will be deleted.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Conveyor stokers shall be of the grate level feed, forced-draft [chain grate] [traveling grate] type with hoppers, 
feed gate, drive shaft, sprocket wheels, grate, [electric motor] [steam] drive, and all necessary auxiliary equipment.  
Coal shall be fed automatically at a constant rate from the hopper onto the moving grate and shall be evenly 
distributed across the full width of the grate.  The stoker frame shall be provided with not less than four air-tight 
zones for supply of forced draft and shall have suitable zone control dampers with external indicating, operating, 
and locking devices.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.3.1   Grates</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Grates shall have individual sections constructed of heavy-duty, heat-resisting cast-iron, shall be fitted or 
cored for proper air distribution, and shall be designed for easy replacement of individual sections.  [Chain 
grates shall have staggered links connected by pins to form a continuous flat chain the full width of the furnace.]  
[Traveling grates shall have grate blocks mounted on carrier bars which, in turn, shall be fastened to two or 
more drive chains to form a continuous flat grate surface the full width of the furnace.]  Continuous grates 
shall be supported at the ends by suitable sprockets and at intermediate points on suitable tracks or skids.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.3.2   Grate Operation</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Steam driven boiler auxiliaries will not be used unless the exhaust steam 
can be utilized completely.  Reference to steam drives will be deleted if inapplicable 
for the equipment specified.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Conveyor grate shall be driven by [electric motor connected through a suitable speed reduction unit] [steam] 
[hydraulically operated variable speed drive].  Gears and chains required for the drive shall be enclosed in 
a dustproof and oil-tight housing.  Main shafts for the grates shall have a forced system of lubrication with 
fittings located outside the casing or have self lubricating bearings.  If the forced lubrication system is supplied, 
bearings shall be fitted with dust seals and easily accessible forced lubrication fittings.  Stoker controls 
shall be suitable for connection to the combustion control system to accurately regulate the coal feed rate.  
Manual setting of the coal feed rate by varying stoker feed, as required to maintain any desired capacity between 
25 to 125 percent of boiler capacity, shall be possible without disconnecting linkage.  Feed rate shall be changed 
by varying the speed of the grate.  Air volume shall automatically vary in direct proportion with the feed rate.  
Possible feed rate shall vary in not less than 10 equal increments.  [Electric motor shall be totally enclosed 
fan-cooled type [for installation in a Class II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>
.]] [Motor starter shall be [manual] [magnetic] [across-the-line] [reduced voltage start] type with [general-purpose] 
[dust-tight] [explosion-proof] enclosure.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.3.3   Hoppers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Hoppers shall be constructed of steel plates not less than<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick, shall have a capacity of not 
less than [_____]<MET> kg</MET><ENG> pounds</ENG>, and shall be provided with suitable cleanout doors.  Coal feed to the hoppers shall 
be fitted with concave type transitions to ensure the proper distribution of coal and coal fines across the width 
of the hoppers.  Stoker frame shall be constructed of cast-iron, cast steel, or forgings, and all parts of the 
stoker, except the grates, shall be properly cooled or otherwise protected from the furnace heat to prevent damage 
by warping or undue expansion.  Furnace arrangement and shape shall be as recommended by the stoker manufacturer 
to ensure proper combustion of the fuel.  Stoker front plate shall form the front of the boiler for the full 
width of the boiler and extend from the firing floor to some point above the stoker where it shall connect to 
the boiler structural framing.  Front shall be cast-iron or steel plate, refractory lined with cleanout doors 
of refractory lined cast iron.  Structural framing, as required, shall support the stoker and its components 
from the boiler foundation or boiler room floor.  At the end of the grate, the ash shall be discharged into a 
bunker or pit as indicated.  The bunker shall have a dust-tight enclosure made of steel plates not less than<MET> 
15.9 mm</MET><ENG> 5/8 inch</ENG> thick, properly protected with firebrick where exposed to the furnace; shall be fitted with 
cast-iron, refractory lined inspection and access doors; and shall have provisions for ash removal.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.4.4   Vibrating Grate Stokers</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Any paragraphs describing stoker equipment not necessary for the system 
specified will be deleted.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Vibrating grate stokers shall be the grate level feed, forced-draft type with the vibrating action of the grate 
used to feed the coal from the hopper through the furnace and discharge the ashes into the ash pit.  Stokers 
shall be complete with hopper, feed gate, grate, drive mechanism, and all necessary auxiliary equipment.  Coal 
shall be automatically fed from the hopper onto the grate and shall be evenly distributed across the full width 
of the grate.  A manual adjustment shall be provided to regulate the fuel bed thickness.  Ashes shall be automatically 
and continuously discharged to the ash pit.  The area under the grates shall be divided into not less than four 
airtight zones for forced draft supply and shall have suitable zone control dampers with external indicating, 
operating, and locking devices.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.4.1   Grates</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Grates shall be either air cooled or water cooled with grate bars in intimate contact with the watertubes.  Grates 
shall have individually replaceable sections of iron or steel suitable for the temperatures encountered.  Pressure 
parts, including watertubes, headers, and valves shall be suitable for boiler pressure specified and shall be 
constructed in accordance with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>.  Grate sections shall be properly designed for even air distribution 
over the entire grate area.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.4.2   Stoker Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Stoker controls shall be designed for connection to the combustion control system to accurately regulate the 
coal feed rate and shall be arranged for manual operation independent of the combustion control system.  Variation 
of coal feed rate shall be accomplished by changing the length of time of vibrations.  Vibration generator shall 
be belt connected or gear connected to the electric motor.  Unit shall be free of any vibration that may damage 
other parts of the boiler or the building structure.  Bearings requiring lubrication shall be provided with easily 
accessible lubrication fittings.  Combustion air volume shall automatically vary in direct proportion with the 
coal feed rate.  Stoker shall be driven by [electric motor] [steam turbine].  [Motor shall be high-starting torque 
[totally enclosed, nonventilated] [totally enclosed, fan-cooled] [totally enclosed, fan-cooled suitable for installation 
in a Class II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in accordance with the <RID>NFPA 70</RID>].]  [Motor starter shall 
be magnetic, reversing, [across-the-line] [reduced voltage start] type with [general-purpose] [dust-tight] [explosion-proof] 
enclosure.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.4.4.3   Hoppers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Hoppers shall be constructed of steel plates not less than<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick, shall have a capacity not less 
than [_____]<MET> kg</MET><ENG> pounds</ENG>, and shall be provided with a suitable method of cleanout.  Furnace arches of a design 
suitable for the intended use and a type that will ensure proper combustion of the fuel shall be provided.  Lower 
furnace sidewall headers in a waterwall boiler shall be inclined to accommodate the inclined grate arrangement.  
Stoker front shall form the front of the boiler for the full width of the boiler and shall extend from the firing 
floor to some point above the stoker where it shall connect to the boiler structural framing.  Front shall be 
cast-iron or steel plate refractory lined with cleanout and access doors of refractory lined cast-iron.  Structural 
framing, as required, shall support the stoker and its components from the boiler foundation or boiler room floor.  
At the end of the grate the ash shall be discharged into a bunker or pit as indicated.  The bunker shall have 
a dust-tight enclosure made of steel plates not less than<MET> 15.9 mm</MET><ENG> 5/8 inch</ENG> thick properly protected with firebrick 
where exposed to the furnace and shall be fitted with cast-iron, refractory lined inspection and access doors, 
and provisions for ash removal as indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.5   PULVERIZED COAL BOILERS</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Pulverized coal boilers require special consideration since they are 
usually designed to operate on one specific type of coal and usually are utilized 
for large units where a steady minimum load of 68,040 to 90,720 kg per hour 
(150,000 to 200,000 pounds per hour) is assured.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Small horizontal type units down to 36,290 kg per hour (80,000 pounds per hour) 
of steam are available, but horizontal units also will range up to 113,400 kg 
per hour (250,000 pounds per hour) of steam.  Larger units are usually the vertical type.<BRK/>
<BRK/>
The type of pulverizer will be determined from the coal analysis and the boiler 
manufacturer's requirements.  The pulverizer selected also affects the control 
system requirements.  The furnace ash disposal system components will depend 
on the ash characteristics and EPA requirements.  Volumetric heat release should 
be 745.2 Megajoules/cubic meter (20,000 Btu/per cubic foot) of furnace volume.  
Coal is crushed in a central plant and stored in bunkers.  Each boiler has two 
pulverizers, fed by a drag type coal feeder, and in turn feed the burners.  
This system requires room within the plant to accommodate the coal pulverizers.  
Fineness of pulverized coal may vary with different designs, and fine pulverized 
coal will significantly affect the selection of ash handling and pollution control 
equipment and will require special consideration for erosion control on induced-draft 
fan.  Where pulverized coal boilers are specified, reference to stoker fired 
boilers will be deleted.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Where indicated, pulverized coal boilers shall be provided.  Boiler and boiler accessories shall be specifically 
designed to operate on the fuel specified.  Boilers shall be complete with coal feeders, crushers, dryers, burners, 
ignition system, air preheater, economizer, soot blowers, controls, and complete furnace ash handling facilities.  
Fly ash collection and pollution control equipment is specified in Section <SRF>44 10 00</SRF> AIR POLLUTION CONTROL.  Boilers 
shall be [horizontal] [vertical] type and shall be [top] [bottom] supported.  Ash hoppers shall be dry, refractory-lined 
type divided into compartments, each of which shall have a hydraulically-operated clean-out door.  The hopper 
shall be supported from the boiler and a dry seal shall provide gastight connection.  Forced draft and induced 
draft fans shall be furnished with the boiler.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.1   Coal Pulverizers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Each boiler shall be provided with a minimum of two pulverizers arranged to allow operation of boiler at reduced 
capacity when one pulverizer is taken out of service either for maintenance or for operation of low loads.  Coal 
pulverizer shall be provided complete with all required accessories such as rotary drum feeder unit, air preheater, 
fans for drying coal by either the primary air or suction system, coal classifier distributor unit, and shut 
off coal valves to allow isolation of individual burners.  Drum feeder unit shall have a tramp metal rejection 
device incorporated in the unit.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.2   Burners</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pulverized coal burners shall be specifically designed for the boiler provided.  Burner shall include an ignition 
system designed for ignition of pulverized coal.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.3   Furnace Ash System</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Detail of piping supported in trenches will appear on the drawings.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The boiler shall be the dry bottom type, discharging ash to the hopper compartments.  Pulverized coal boiler 
ash shall be handled hydraulically rather than pneumatically.  Facilities for pulverized coal boiler ash handling 
shall be as indicated.  Fly ash shall not be mixed with furnace ash but economizer ash can be combined with furnace 
ash as indicated.  Dual ash dewatering bins to allow recirculation of ash conveying water shall be as indicated.  
Each bin shall be provided with automatic controls and hydraulically operated gate for ash unloading to trucks 
or railroad cars.  Hopper shall be maintained in flooded condition and hydraulically operated sluice gates shall 
allow for periodic removal of ash.  Each ash hopper compartment shall be fitted with double-roll, electric motor 
driven clinker grinders fitted with manganese steel crusher rolls and teeth.  Discharge from the grinders shall 
be to an adaptor or to a sump for feed to the centrifugal pump.  Centrifugal pump for each hopper compartment 
shall be provided and shall incorporate special abrasive resistant metals and special seals for abrasive slurry 
handling.  Drives shall be totally enclosed electric motors as indicated.  Ash slurry conveying pipelines shall 
be made of abrasive resistant alloy metal with a Brinell hardness number of approximately 280.  Wall thickness 
shall be not less than<MET> 13 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> and pipe lengths shall not exceed<MET> 5.5 m</MET><ENG> 18 feet</ENG>.  Fittings shall be of 
the tangent end type.  Fittings shall have a Brinell hardness number of approximately 400 and shall have removable 
wearbacks, where applicable, or shall be of the integral wearback type.  Loading facilities for ash removal of 
dewatering bins shall be as indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.4   Pulverizer Rejects</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pulverizer rejects such as tramp iron or pyrites shall be collected in hoppers adjacent to each mill discharge 
spout.  High-level hopper indicators shall be provided to initiate reject removal, in sequence, from each hopper 
to the central holding bin by properly sized jet pumps.  Mill discharge control gates shall be provided and the 
control system shall be interlocked with the furnace ash removal system to provide a completely automatic disposal 
system.  Discharge of mill rejects into the ash hopper is not acceptable.  The central holding bin and loading 
facilities shall be as indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.5   Control Systems</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pulverized coal plant control systems shall be in accordance with <RID>NFPA 85</RID> and  shall be interlocked to provide 
for a completely automatic boiler operation.  Automatic controls for coal feed, pulverizer operation, combustion, 
and ash disposal systems shall be coordinated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.5.1   Coal Master Control System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Coal master control system shall regulate the total coal feed from the coal [bunkers] [silos] to the pulverizers 
in response to changing demand.  A parallel metering combustion control system that limits the firing rate to 
the actual total air flow available shall be provided.  The cross limiting of air and fuel shall be arranged 
so the air leads the fuel on load increase and trails the fuel on a load decrease.  A gain changer shall be provided 
to compensate the fuel system for the number of pulverizers in service.  Depending on the requirements of the 
pulverizer, the coal master control system shall be actuated by the coal feeder speed or by the coal/air mixture.  
The total fuel controller shall be a standard, proportional plus integral controller with a derivative or rate 
term on the master demand only.  Change in master demand shall be multiplied by the derivative circuit to assist 
in overfiring on load increase and underfiring on a load decrease.  Provision shall be made for taking any one 
of the pulverizers for each boiler out of service with firing continuing at reduced rates for extended periods 
during maintenance or during low demand intervals.  Alarms and interlocks of the fuel master control shall be 
as required by the boiler but shall include, as a minimum, a unit trip to run the fuel master to zero and alarm 
contacts for "fuel master at maximum," "fuel master at minimum," "fuel greater than air," and "air demand limiting 
fuel."</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.5.2   Primary Air</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Primary air fan or suction air fan control for each system shall be provided with all required damper operating 
and sensing control devices. Primary air system fans shall exhaust into a duct common with individual pulverizer 
primary air flow dampers in order to control the flow required by each pulverizer.  Common duct pressure shall 
be maintained at a given set point by modulating fan inlet dampers.  Gain compensation shall be provided to maintain 
system response with a different number of fans in operation.  Biasing between fans shall be provided.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.5.3   Air Temperature Control</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pulverizer coal air temperature control, for each pulverizer coal air exit, shall assume the maximum safe mixture 
temperature required to increase the firing efficiency at the furnace and to remove additional residual moisture 
that may be present in the coal.  Tempering air inlet with controls shall be provided to prevent combustion in 
the pulverizer.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.5.5.4   Flame Safety System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>A burner control/flame safety system shall be provided with the boiler.  The system shall meet the requirements 
specified in <RID>NFPA 85</RID> as a minimum.  An interface shall be provided between the analog control system and the 
flame safety system or burner control system.  As a minimum, coal feeders and pulverizer air dampers shall be 
positioned to respond to "unit tripped" and "pulverizer tripped" signals.  Burner controls shall incorporate 
a pulverized coal ignition system.  The burner control system shall incorporate boiler shutdown as well as normal 
monitoring of startup sequencing and normal operation.  Each burner shall have a scanner for the lighting system 
as well as a scanner for the main flame.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.6   FLUIDIZED BED COMBUSTION BOILERS</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer will perform an economic analysis to compare the installation 
and operating costs of a fluidized bed combustion boiler against the use of 
a conventional boiler and its associated air pollution control equipment.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Where indicated, fluidized bed combustion boilers shall be provided.  The Contractor may provide either bubbling 
bed (AFB) or circulating bed (CFB) boilers.  Fluidizing velocities shall range from<MET> 1.2 to 3.7 m/second</MET><ENG> 4 to 
12 fps</ENG> for AFB boilers and range from<MET> 4.3 to 9.1 m/second</MET><ENG> 14 to 30 fps</ENG> for CFB boilers.  Each boiler shall be 
in compliance with sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, particulate, carbon monoxide, and all other emission regulations, 
as specified.  The bed temperature shall be controlled within the appropriate range, normally<MET> 815 to 900 degrees 
C</MET><ENG> 1500 to 1650 degrees F</ENG> to enhance sulfur capture, inhibit the formation of nitrogen oxides, enhance combustion 
efficiency, and limit carbon monoxide formation.  In AFBs, generally all the air required for combustion shall 
be introduced through the nozzles in the distribution plate in order to reduce the potential of forming reducing 
conditions within the bed that could cause severe corrosion of in-bed surfaces.  The use of over-fire air in 
applications where it is needed to complete the burnout of carbon monoxide and the combustion of fines in the 
freeboard shall require the approval of the Contracting Officer who shall be satisfied that reducing conditions 
will not exist.  CFB boilers may introduce as much as 40 to 50 percent of the combustion air as secondary air 
in one or more stages at various locations above the distribution plate.  The boiler and boiler accessories shall 
be specifically designed to operate with the specified fuel and sorbent.  The boilers shall be complete with 
the required crushers, dryers, coal and sorbent handling systems, burners, ignitors, air preheater, economizer, 
soot blowers, boiler controls and instrumentation, furnace ash handling system, draft systems, and superheater, 
where required.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.1   General</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The design, materials, and construction of equipment furnished shall conform to the applicable requirements of <RID>
ASME BPVC SEC I</RID> and <RID>NFPA 85</RID>.  Furnish the Manufacturer's Data Report required by <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID> certified by 
the Authorized Inspector located in the manufacturer's shop.  Full provision shall be made so that each component 
can expand and contract under the operating cycle of temperatures without damage to itself or to any adjoining 
component, and without the leakage of any contained fluid outwards, or of air either inwards or outwards.  The 
design of the unit shall accommodate thermal movement without side effects such as tearing, buckling, distortion, 
or vibration.  The design of the unit shall prevent destructive vibration during normal operation.  The furnace 
shall be of the balanced draft type.  The ducts and equipment from the forced draft fan, including the fluidized 
bed plenums, shall be designed for pressures in accordance with <RID>NFPA 85</RID>.  Access and observation doors shall 
be provided to permit access to compartments and the observation of critical portions of the furnace and fluid 
bed.  Door frames shall be securely anchored.  Doors shall have a suitable durable gasket, a device which when 
closed will force the door to an air-or gas-tight seal, and an interior design which will minimize erosion or 
deterioration of the inner surface from exposure to the internal conditions at that point.  Refractory shall 
be an integral part of the door.  Access doors shall be the manufacturer's standard that approaches in size<MET> 450 
mm</MET><ENG> 18 inch</ENG> wide by<MET> 400 mm</MET><ENG> 16 inch</ENG> high.  All observation ports and lance doors shall be provided with sealing 
and aspirating air facilities.  The convection pass velocity shall not be greater than<MET> 15.2 m/second</MET><ENG> 50 fps</ENG>.  
The convection pass velocity shall be based on maximum guaranteed excess air at Maximum Continuous Rating (MCR) 
plus five percentage points (i.e., if excess air is 20 percent, the convection pass velocity shall be based on 
25 percent excess air).  In CFB designs where convection surface exists in the high solids circulation passes, 
a velocity not greater than<MET> 4.6 m/second</MET><ENG> 15 fps</ENG> is permitted between the tubes, based on 25 percent excess air.  
The design of the equipment shall be such that the interior surfaces of all water-filled pressure parts and superheater 
sections shall be capable of being chemically cleaned.  Furnish, as required, fill and drain connections.  Each 
header shall be drainable.  Provide the secondary air and flue gas system resistance curves.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.2   Furnace and Boiler</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The boiler shall be of the water-tube welded-wall type, having in-bed tube surface for AFB offerings with natural 
and/or forced circulation.  Tubes shall be seamless and all connections shall be welded.  Tubes of the electric 
resistance welding process, where used, shall be identified by the Contractor and shall be ultrasonically tested 
along their entire length by the Contractor.  Provide permanent thermocouples, as required, run to a terminal 
box outside the boiler casing.  As a minimum, these thermocouples shall indicate:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Water wall temperature in critical locations (risers, etc.).</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Heat absorption rates (cordial type t/c).</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Air and gas temperatures.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.  Water and steam temperatures.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Drums shall be fusion welded throughout and fitted with manholes and hinged covers at both ends.  The hydrostatic 
test temperature shall be carefully monitored, as indicated in paragraph "TESTS," to avoid brittle failure. Boiler 
drains shall be furnished sufficient in size and number to completely drain the water from the entire unit in 
not more than 1 hour at 0<MET> kPa</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> pressure.  The drum shall be equipped with internals for steam separation.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.3   Forced Circulation System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boiler designs utilizing horizontal in-bed evaporating surfaces shall be provided with a forced circulation system.  
The number and capacity of the pumps installed shall be such that with one pump out of service, the maximum rating 
of the boiler can be carried with complete safety.  In addition, loss of all pumps, with the unit at MCR, shall 
allow for a safe and orderly shutdown (without fans) without damage to the boiler.  The pumps shall be single 
stage, centrifugal, driven by constant speed motors.  Pumps shall be complete with all necessary accessories, 
including welded suction and discharge connections, lubrication system, casing drain valves in duplicate, and 
any necessary auxiliary pumps, heat exchangers, or other equipment.  The pumps shall withstand the boiler test 
pressure and all operating pressures and temperatures without distortion, binding, or other effects.  The casings 
shall withstand the forces and moments imposed upon them by the connecting piping without disturbing the alignment 
or successful operation of the pumping units.  The construction shall be such as to permit inspection of the 
rotating parts without dismantling the suction and discharge piping.  The pumps shall operate satisfactorily 
at all loads, either by themselves or in parallel with the other pumps furnished.  The pump suction valves shall 
be motor operated.  Bypasses with valves shall be furnished around the pump isolating valves to maintain operating 
temperature in the idle pumps and piping.  The discharge valves shall have impactor handwheels and lugs for air 
motor drive.  Orifices, with protecting strainers as required, shall be provided to assure adequate circulation 
to all parts of the boiler circuits.  All materials that may come in contact therewith shall be suitable to withstand 
acid and caustic boiler cleaning solutions.  Connecting lines with stop valves shall be provided between the 
main distributing header and the economizer inlet header for use as a circulating line to the economizer when 
the boiler is acid cleaned.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.4   In-Bed Tube Surface (AFB Designs)</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>In-bed tube surface shall be provided as required to achieve steam generation or superheat temperature as defined 
in the data sheets.  The in-bed tubes shall be completely clear of bed material when the fluid bed (at the bed 
weight specified by the manufacturer at boiler MCR) is slumped.  Alternatively, the manufacturer shall ensure 
that the tubes are protected from overheating due to contact with a slumped bed and/or maintenance problems due 
to moisture in a slumped bed.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.5   Coal and Sorbent Feed Systems</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>All equipment required to provide a boiler feed system to convey coal and sorbent to the boiler injection inlets 
shall be furnished.  All components of these systems shall be sized to provide flow of fuel and sorbent based 
on MCR condition in the boiler and the design coal and sorbent specified.  The system shall be designed to minimize 
the segregation or generation of fines.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.5.1   AFB Coal Feed System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Coal feed systems for AFB may be either pneumatic under bed or spreader stoker over-bed.  For pneumatic under-bed 
feed systems, a feed point every<MET> 1.7 to 2.3 square meters</MET><ENG> 18 to 24 square feet</ENG> shall be provided.  The system 
shall consist of a complete integrated system including weigh belt feeder, lock hoppers, and/or other components 
necessary for the pneumatic fuel injection system.  Rotary type feeders shall not be used as the primary pressure 
sealing device.  The conveying air shall be considered part of the combustion air.  Coal feed shall be crushed 
to approximately<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> and shall be capable of being used with fluidizing velocities ranging from<MET> 1.2 
to 3.7 m/second</MET><ENG> 4 to 12 fps</ENG>.  For these systems, sorbent may be mixed with the coal in the appropriate proportion 
and fed with the fuel.  However, a separate sorbent feed system is acceptable.  Over-bed feed systems shall be 
designed to provide even distribution over the entire bed.  Heavy duty standard production spreader/injector/feeders 
shall be provided for dispersing the specified fuels into the boiler.  The spreader/feeders shall be the chain 
type or equal, as approved by the Contracting Officer.  The feeder portion shall be of the chain type with infinitely 
adjustable feed rate from 0 to 100 percent of rated capacity.  The spreaders shall consist of adjustable rotating 
paddles on a shaft designed to disperse the specified coals into the boiler at the required locations and to 
minimize side throw into adjacent bed compartments which may not be in operation.  The spreaders shall be capable 
of rotating at variable rates of speed.  The spreader/feeders shall have overfire capability to the extent required 
by the design for use in compensating for a spreader/feeder out of service.  For spreader stoker coal feed systems, 
sorbent feed shall be by separate systems.  These systems shall consist of a method to feed the correct proportion 
of sorbent over the load range to keep the sulfur oxides emission in compliance.  These systems shall feed over-bed 
or in-bed and may be gravity, pneumatic, or a combination.  Under-bed coal feed systems shall be provided with 
coal dryers unless approved.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.5.2   CFB Coal Feed Systems</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>For CFB systems, feed systems capable of providing the appropriate coal feed over the load range shall be provided.  
These systems shall include weigh belt feeders, rotary feeders, screw conveyors or air swept feeders, or gravity-feed 
metered by weigh belt.  Rotary type feeders shall not be used as the primary pressure sealing device.  The fluidizing 
velocity in systems ranges from<MET> 4.3 to 9.1 m/second</MET><ENG> 14 to 30 fps</ENG>.  The design shall permit maintenance of full 
load with loss of a single feed point.  Screw conveyors shall be designed to operate continuously.  Sorbent feed 
for CFB systems shall be capable of providing the required proportion of sorbent over the load range.  These 
systems shall consist of a sorbent metering device weigh belt feeder and be fed by gravity, pneumatic injection, 
or air swept feeder.  The sorbent shall be fed in-bed, under-bed, or over-bed, and shall be fed separately from 
the fuel.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.6.6   Fluidized Bed Combustion Area</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Parts subject to severe wear or deterioration shall be replaceable with a minimum of dismantling.  The fluid 
bed combustor shall be designed to insure that no combustion air entering the bed is allowed to bypass contact 
with bed solids.  Air distribution to the fluid bed will be through a number of nozzles located in the bed support 
plate.  Average superficial velocity above the bed at the point of fuel and limestone feed shall be between<MET> 1.2 
to 3.7 m/second</MET><ENG> 4 to 12 fps</ENG> at bed temperature and mix zone pressure.  The pressure drop through the air distributor 
plate shall be<MET> 3.7 kPa</MET><ENG> 15 inches water gauge</ENG> minimum.  The walls of the fluid bed combustor shall be constructed 
of water-cooled tubes which form a part of the steam water circuit of the boiler.  These walls shall be of membrane 
wall type of construction.  The distributor shall be designated to assist with removal of large tramp material, 
where expected.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.7   Bed Material Letdown System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The bed material letdown system shall be capable of removing and cooling solids from the bed including spent 
sorbent, unfired fuel, bottom ash, rocks, and debris.  The system shall be designed to operate continuously and 
to cool all the solids going to disposal to<MET> 135 degrees C</MET><ENG> 275 degrees F</ENG> or less.  The system shall be sized to 
continuously remove at least 80 percent of the total solids generated from the boiler, unless otherwise approved.  
The design of the bed letdown system shall include personnel safety considerations such as prevention of spillage 
of hot bed material from the unit.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.8   Burners and Fuel Piping</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The burners and burner equipment shall be suitable for continuous service.  Parts subject to severe wear or deterioration 
shall be replaceable with a minimum of dismantling.  All valves or controls shall be mounted outside the boiler 
front and air housing.  The burner design shall provide positive and uniform mixing of the air and fuel at all 
loads, and shall produce sufficient turbulence to preclude stratification.  The burner design shall permit the 
firing of No. 2 fuel oil.  In-duct/over-bed burners shall be of the air atomizing type.  The burners and/or ignitors 
shall have an aggregate capacity capable of bringing a cold unit up to ignition temperature using either precalcined 
limestone or spent bed material in 4 hours for AFBs, and 8 to 12 hours for CFBs, depending upon refractory limitations.  
Equipment for remote positioning shall be furnished, if required, of each burner gun at either the fully retracted 
or fully inserted position.  The positioning equipment shall be air operated; shall include limit switches to 
indicate the position of the gun and all necessary drives, linkages, and mechanisms; and shall automatically 
purge the fuel from the guns before retracting.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.9   Air Distribution System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The air distribution system shall provide uniform air distribution to the fluid bed under any mode of operation.  
The system must also meet the mechanical and structural requirements of the boiler such as bed material dead 
load support, effective seal with the enclosure wall, and nonsifting air nozzles.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.6.10   Mechanical Collector and Solids Recycle System for AFB Boilers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>A mechanical cyclone dust collector at the outlet of the boiler shall be provided.  The mechanical dust collector 
shall be of the high efficiency multicyclone type designed for maximum operating temperatures encountered under 
all operating conditions.  The collectors shall be designed to resist erosion and minimize plugging, shall be 
gas-tight, and shall have a collection efficiency of 85 to 95 percent on particles greater than 20 microns aerodynamic 
diameter, depending upon the recycle rate selected by the manufacturer.  No refractory lining will be acceptable 
in the mechanical dust collector.  The collection hopper shall have a valley angle of at least 60 degrees below 
the horizontal.  The line carrying recycle solids back to the bed shall be fabricated of carbon steel with an 
allowance for wear and be installed at an angle of no less than 60 degrees below the horizontal.  The solids 
collection hopper and dipleg shall be provided with pressure differential measurement to indicate pluggage.  
The design shall include provisions for sampling of recycle solids hopper contents.  The hopper shall be fabricated 
of material capable of enduring the conditions imposed by a flue gas atmosphere.  Provision for continuous disposal 
of ash from the recycle hoppers shall be provided.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.7   IGNITION OIL SYSTEM</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Wherever light oil is required as a support and/or ignition fuel, a complete 
ignition oil system must be provided.  The system should include two full-size 
rail/truck unloading pumps, capable of unloading a rail shipment in one 8 hour 
shift or a truck shipment in 1 hour; one ignition oil storage tank capable of 
storing either 88 hours continuous plant ignition fuel demand or one rail shipment, 
whichever is larger; two full size ignition oil supply pumps per boiler unit, 
each capable of supplying the maximum ignition oil demand for each boiler unit; 
and one ignition oil day tank per boiler unit capable of storing 8 hours of 
continuous boiler ignition oil demand.  Both the ignition oil transfer and boiler 
ignition supply pumps should be centrifugal type, where allowed by suction conditions 
and discharge flow/pressure requirements; otherwise, positive displacement pumps 
shall be used.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.1   Ignition Oil Pumps</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Ignition oil pumps shall be furnished as duplez types assuring 100 percent standby.  Pumps shall be provided 
complete with coupling, coupling guard, and electric motor shop-mounted and aligned on a common skid.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.2   Burners</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Where indicated and specified, each boiler shall be provided with oil-fired burner or burners.  The burner assembly 
and control systems shall conform to <RID>UL 296</RID>, <RID>UL 726</RID> and <RID>NFPA 85</RID>, except as otherwise specified.  Supervised manual 
semiautomatic and fully automatic combustion safety controls shall conform to, <RID>NFPA 85</RID> and <RID>ASME CSD-1</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.3   Aboveground Oil Storage Tanks</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Aboveground oil storage tanks and associated piping systems shall be in accordance with Section <SRF>33 56 10</SRF> FACTORY-FABRICATED 
FUEL STORAGE TANKS.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.7.4   Underground Oil Storage Tanks</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Underground oil storage tanks and associated piping shall be in accordance with Section <SRF>33 56 10</SRF> FACTORY-FABRICATED 
FUEL STORAGE TANKS.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.8   COMBUSTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Subparagraphs describing inapplicable types of combustion control equipment 
will be deleted.  Positioning type combustion control equipment will be specified 
for boilers with capacity of 13.2 MW (45,000,000 Btuh) or less.  Metering type 
equipment will be used for larger boilers.  Positioning type controls with oxygen 
compensation may be furnished for boilers with capacity of 13.2 MW (45,000,000 
Btuh) or more in lieu of metering type.  Oxygen compensated controls may be 
specified for boilers having output capacities of 7.3 MW (25,000,000 Btuh) and 
greater if a life cycle cost analysis indicates it to be favorable.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Combustion control equipment shall be provided as a system by a single manufacturer.  An automatic combustion 
control system shall be installed for each boiler in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.  The 
controllers shall be located on the boiler room panel specified in paragraph BOILER ROOM PANELS AND INSTRUMENTS.  
The equipment shall operate either pneumatically, electrically, or electronically.  Pneumatic control systems 
shall conform to <RID>ASME B19.3</RID>.  Air filter regulator sets shall be installed at each control valve and transmitter 
in the system.  The master air filter regulator set on the control panel shall be of the dual type where one 
side can be cleaned and repaired while the other is in operation.  Exterior control air piping and devices shall 
be protected from freezing by use of a regenerative desiccant dryer.  Each system shall be provided with a selector 
switch or other means of manual control of the firing rate when required.  Electrical control devices shall be 
rated at 120 volts and shall be connected as specified in Section <SRF>26 20 00</SRF> INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.  Operating 
and limit controls shall be wired to interrupt the ungrounded circuit conductor.  [Steam and energy generating 
equipment shall include instrumentation and sufficient metering for accountability interface with a future Energy 
Monitoring and Control System (EMCS).]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.1   Positioning Type</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Positioning type combustion control equipment shall be capable of maintaining boiler steam pressure within plus 
or minus 2 percent of the set pressure over the complete range of boiler operation.  The system shall maintain 
excess air within plus or minus 10 percent of the original control setting.  The efficiency will be maintained 
without appreciable manual adjustment.  The system shall be capable of maintaining the specified pressure provided 
that the load does not exceed a 15 percent per minute change in capacity at any one time.  The master transmitter 
shall be connected to the main steam header where the steam pressure is to be controlled.  The signal transmitted 
from this point to the master controller shall be a function of steam pressure.  On multiple boiler installations, 
a means shall be provided to base load on individual boilers while on automatic, and each boiler unit shall be 
individually controlled. Provision shall be made on the control system for adding on other boilers to the system 
with only minor wiring or piping changes on the panel.  The fuel-to-air ratio on this system shall be adjustable 
from one knob that indicates increase and decrease of air in proportion to fuel.  The range of this adjustment 
shall be limited to prevent operation below safe combustion limits.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.2   Metering Type Combustion Control Equipment</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  This paragraph will be deleted if controls with oxygen compensation specified 
in paragraph COMBUSTION CONTROLS WITH OXYGEN TRIM are used.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.2.1   Fuel-Flow, Air-Flow Type Combustion Control</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  This paragraph will be used for spreader stokers.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Fuel-flow, air-flow type combustion control equipment shall be the proportioning and reset type, and shall position 
the fuel feed or air flow and then adjust one to the other by a ratio controller operating from air flow and 
fuel feed.  The controls shall include fuel-flow measuring elements and air-flow measuring elements.  Separate 
fuel feed and air-flow controllers shall be panel-mounted along with a fuel-to-air ratio controller.  The air-flow 
index shall be set by a measuring element in the air stream.  Systems controlling fuel and air by line shafting 
and mechanical connections will not be acceptable.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.2.2   Two Element (Steam Pressure, Steam Flow)</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  If underfeed, traveling grate, or vibrating grate stokers are specified, 
use this paragraph.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Two element (steam pressure, steam flow) combustion control equipment shall be the proportioning and reset type, 
and shall control the fuel feed or air flow either in parallel or series.  The controls shall include measuring 
elements for steam flow, fuel feed, and air flow.  Separate steam pressure, fuel flow, and air flow controllers 
shall be panel-mounted along with a fuel-to-air ratio controller.  The actual steam flow shall be measured by 
an orifice or other flow measuring device in the steam line.  The air-flow shall be set by a measuring element 
in the combustion air stream.  Systems controlling fuel and air by line shafting and mechanical connections will 
not be acceptable.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  A master pressure transmitter shall be provided and connected to the main steam header at a point 
where the steam pressure is to be controlled.  The master controller, which is located on the panel, 
shall load the various individual boiler controllers according to steam pressure changes.  On multiple 
boiler installations, an operator station shall be provided to base load or bias each individual boiler 
while keeping its fuel and air controllers on automatic.  This boiler master station shall be mounted 
on the control panel between the master controller and the remainder of the control system.  Indicators 
shall be provided to show the loading impulse from the master controller to the boiler master station 
and each boiler master station output.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  A [fuel feed] [steam-flow] transmitter shall be provided for each boiler and shall feed a signal 
to a fuel feed controller.  Each fuel feed controller shall be loaded by the master controller for the 
rate of [fuel feed] [steam-flow] corresponding to the rating of the respective boiler.  The controller 
shall operate the fuel device controlling the rate of fuel feed.  The controller shall incorporate proportional 
plus reset control features.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Air-flow transmitter shall be provided for each boiler.  The air-flow controller shall control from 
this signal or in such other manner as to maintain a predetermined ratio of air to fuel.  An indicator 
shall be provided showing the amount of any manual adjustment to the air-to-fuel ratio.  The controller 
shall have proportional plus reset modes of control.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.  Each automatic controller shall have a manual-to-automatic station and indicator on the control panel 
that will provide for selecting either automatic control or manual control and also will provide for 
manual operation.  The manual controls shall be arranged to allow any one or more of the functions of 
the control system to be controlled manually while the other functions remain on automatic control.  
The manual control station shall be complete with all necessary indicators and provide bumpless balanceless 
transfer from automatic control to manual control and vice versa.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>e.  Power units for the movement of dampers and fuel feed levers shall be sized to operate the device 
to be positioned and shall be so mounted that a rigid mechanical connection to the device being operated 
can be used.  The units shall remain in the last position to which they moved in event of failure of 
the operating medium.  Manual operation of the controller shall not necessitate disconnecting the linkages 
during power failure or other emergency.  Position switches shall be included on fuel and air-drive units 
for interlock with safety systems.  Retransmitting devices shall be placed on all power units for remote 
indication on the boiler panel of the position of the operator at any time.  If electric operators are 
utilized, gear trains on the units shall be oil-immersed.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>f.  Furnace draft controller of the modulating type shall be provided with each boiler.  The draft controller 
shall be designed to maintain automatically within<MET> 2.5 Pa</MET><ENG> 0.01 inch water column</ENG> the desired furnace 
draft for which it has been set manually.  The draft controller shall fix the position of the boiler 
outlet damper through a power operator.  An indicator shall be provided to show the amount of any manual 
adjustment that might be made.  The draft regulator shall be equipped with a manual-automatic switch.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.8.3   Combustion Controls with Oxygen Trim</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Flue gas oxygen trim may be furnished with combustion controls specified. An oxygen analyzer and oxygen controller 
shall be provided.  The oxygen controller shall be of the proportional band and reset type and shall feed its 
signal in a biasing fashion into the fuel-to-air ratio system.  The oxygen setpoint shall be a function of boiler 
load with operator biasing capability.  The amount of oxygen controller trim shall be limited to prevent potentially 
hazardous conditions caused by equipment failure or misoperation.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.4   Boiler Limit Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Two low-water cutoffs shall be provided to prevent startup and to shutdown the fuel if the boiler 
water level is below the preset safe level.  The primary interlock may be automatic or manual reset type.  
The secondary interlock shall be the manual reset type.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  A high-pressure limit switch shall be provided to shutdown the fuel when steam pressure exceeds the 
preset safe limit.  This equipment shall be additional to the operating controls.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  A draft loss interlock and air-flow switch or a suction switch shall be provided to prevent startup 
and to shutdown fuel supply when air is inadequate to safely support combustion.  Limit and operating 
controls shall be provided for operation on a two-wire grounded branch circuit.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.  Safety interlocks required by the applicable NFPA standard shall be provided.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.5   Burner Control/Fuel Safety System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.5.1   Design Requirements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  General:  The control system shall be of the microprocessor-based (distributed digital or programmable 
controller) or relay type.  A dedicated hardwired insert panel shall be furnished for monitoring and 
operator interface with the burner control/fuel safety system.  This insert panel shall also provide 
the operator with direct fuel tripping capability in emergency situations.  The burner control system 
shall be sufficiently subdivided to permit inservice checkout and maintenance without impairing the reliability 
of the overall control system.  The logic cabinets shall include status indicating lights for logic inputs 
and outputs, and for monitoring availability of control power to subsystems as required to facilitate 
troubleshooting.  Indication of equipment status and system permissives shall be provided at the operator 
interfaces.  Where common power supplies internal to the system are furnished, a full-capacity on-line 
backup supply shall be included.  Failure of either power supply shall be alarmed.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Maintenance and Reliability Requirements:  In general, maintenance shall be accomplished on-line 
and without imposing any special restrictions on overall plant operation.  Diagnostic routines, interchangeable 
electronic cards or boards, and clear written procedures shall be provided.  Reliability, both software 
and hardware, shall be incorporated into the system design.  This shall include redundancy, loop distribution, 
component specifications and testing, and quality control to assure the highest level of system reliability.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Adverse Electrical Conditions:  Equipment shall be capable of operating as specified and without 
damage within the electrical environment of the plant.  This environment includes high-voltage, high-frequency 
surges caused by electromechanical equipment, energy coupled between conductors by capacitance and mutual 
inductance, and imperfect grounds.  Input and output isolation, shielding, separation of circuits, surge 
suppression, or other measures which may be required to meet these provisions shall be provided.  Inputs, 
outputs, and other connections shall meet the surge to withstand requirements of <RID>IEEE C37.90</RID>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.5.2   System Design</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The burner control system shall be compatible in all respects with the boiler and auxiliary equipment.  The system 
design shall meet the requirements specified in <RID>NFPA 85</RID>.  The burner control system shall incorporate a continuous 
purge of the furnace to insure that the boiler is free of any accumulation of combustibles.  The burner control 
system shall also supervise the operation of the fuel-air equipment associated with the pulverizer and fuel oil 
burners.  The system shall accept operator commands and, if the required permissives are met, perform the required 
operation.  Equipment shall be continuously monitored, and any deviation shall be alarmed while the system either 
corrects the deviation or shuts down equipment as necessary to avoid hazardous furnace conditions or equipment 
damage.  The system shall monitor the operation of the fuel equipment and, if the equipment fails to respond 
to commands from the burner control system, the equipment trip sequence shall be initiated.  Indications shall 
be provided to allow the operator to determine the equipment which initiated a trip of fuel equipment.  Tripped 
equipment shall be successfully shut down before reset of the trip is permitted.  The burner control system shall 
include a fuel safety subsystem which shall include a master fuel trip (MFT) system, ignitor fuel trip system, 
and pulverizer mill trip systems.  Each system shall include a hardwired relay which may be directly operated 
from the operator insert panel.  Inputs to the MFT shall include, in addition to those associated with the burner 
control, those that are required to provide overall boiler protection.  Also, the system shall interface with 
the combustion control system to position and monitor devices for startup and shutdown which are normally modulated 
during on-line operation.  The burner control system shall be designed to operate reliably and to minimize the 
number of false trips.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.8.5.3   System Functional Requirements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Operating Modes:  The operator shall have the responsibility for initiating the start and stop sequence 
listed below.  Once initiated, the burner control system shall automatically place the mill or oil burner 
in service or remove it from service.  The steps, each of which requires operator initiation, are:</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Purge</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Igniter control</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(3)  Pulverizer control</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(4)  Feeder control</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Furnace Purge and Boiler Monitor:  The furnace purge control shall incorporate prelight off and post 
purges of the furnace to ensure that the boiler is free of any accumulation of combustibles.  Completion 
of the furnace purge shall be indicated to the operator, after which the operator shall reset the master 
fuel trip relay.  A furnace purge shall be required on any master fuel trip.  The boiler monitor shall 
prevent starting any fuel equipment if the furnace firing permissives are not met.  The furnace purge 
control shall provide indications to the operator of the status and the progress of the furnace purge.  
Permissive indications shall be extinguished when the MFT is reset.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Mill Start-Stop Sequences:  The operator shall start and stop the mill in three steps (ignitor, pulverizer, 
feeder) following fixed sequences.  The system shall be capable of transferring between the startup and 
shutdown sequences at any time.  Each mill shall be monitored and should any unsafe conditions occur, 
that mill shall be tripped.  A mill first out indication shall be provided to indicate the initiating 
cause of trip.  The first out indication shall be deleted only upon reset of the mill trip relay.  Startup 
and shutdown sequence indications shall be provided to allow the operator to follow the progress of the 
mill startup or shutdown sequences.  These indications shall show the next step to be performed, as well 
as the progress through the sequences.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.  Ignitor Control:  An ignitor group consists of the ignitors associated with a pulverizer burner group.  
Ignitors associated with a burner group shall be controlled from a separate electropneumatic ignitor 
control package.  Sequential starting of ignitors between burner groups shall be provided.  The ignitors 
associated with a burner group shall be started and stopped from the insert panel and local push buttons.  
An ignitor fuel trip (IFT) first out indication shall be provided to indicate the initiating cause of 
the IFT.  This indication shall be extinguished only when the IFT relay is reset.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>e.  Fuel Safety Subsystem:  The fuel safety subsystem comprises the MFT system, IFT system, and pulverizer 
mill trip (MT) systems.  A mill trip system shall be provided for each mill.  Each fuel safety system 
shall provide the protection for its respective fuel and shall include a dedicated hardwired relay which 
may be directly operated from the operator insert panel.  The master fuel trip system shall provide overall 
boiler protection, shall also include a dedicated hardwired relay, and shall directly trip all other 
fuel safety system relays.  The system shall be designed to deenergize to trip.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>f.  Flame Monitoring:  Individual self-checking flame scanners are required for each burner.  Ignitor 
flame safety devices shall discriminate individually from any flame that may exist at other burner locations.  
Burner flame shall be discriminated individually from the associated ignitor flame and any other flame 
that may exist in the furnace.  Ignitor and burner flame discrimination shall cover the range from startup 
to full load operation.  Blocking interlocks from closed valves in flame discrimination circuits to avoid 
false flame indication are not acceptable.  If required to obtain satisfactory flame discrimination, 
extended tube scanners shall be included.  Individual flame detector output level indicators are required.  
Provisions for cooling and cleaning shall be provided, if required.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>g.  Enclosures:  The system logic cabinets shall contain control devices, power supplies, circuit protective 
devices, cable plugs, and terminal blocks.  Spare space shall be provided to accommodate a minimum of 
20 percent additional devices.  The cabinets shall be accessible from both front and back, and each shall 
have gasketed hinged doors with latches.  Each door shall not exceed<MET> 600 mm</MET><ENG> 24 inches</ENG> in width.  Natural 
draft cooling of the control system cabinets is preferred.  If cabinet cooling fans are furnished, the 
loss of any fan shall be alarmed.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>h.  Local Termination Boxes:  The system shall include local junction boxes, one at each burner level 
and one at each pulverizer.  Burner level junction boxes shall contain separate push buttons and indicating 
lights for local control of each ignitor group.  In addition, the terminal boxes shall contain terminals 
for field wiring, internal wiring, cable connectors for intersystem wiring, circuit breakers and, if 
required by the system, relays and reversing starters.  Terminal boards for field wiring shall include 
20 percent spare connections.  Also, the system shall include local pulverizer junction boxes for terminating 
field wiring associated with each mill.  These junction boxes shall meet the requirements described above, 
except local control is not required.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>i.  Interconnecting Cable Requirements:  Interconnecting cables between the logic cabinet, insert panel, 
local burner junction boxes, and local mill junction boxes shall be via prefabricated plug-in cables, 
including connectors.  Flame scanner cables shall also be furnished.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>j.  Buffered Output Signals:  Output signals required for tripping, control, and monitoring shall be 
fully isolated from each other.  The isolation shall be such that an open or short circuit in the related 
equipment shall not affect other control systems.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.9   BOILER ROOM PANELS AND INSTRUMENTS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.1   Instrument Control Panel</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Instrument and control panel shall be sized to contain all controls, instruments, gauges, and meters.  The panel 
shall be free-standing with faceplate of not less than<MET> 4.8 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> steel, properly reinforced, and shall 
be finished with the manufacturer's standard finish coating.  The units shall be mounted flush on the panel as 
far as practicable.  Controls, instruments, and other equipment shall be flush mounted, each fitting neatly into 
a cutout, and completely covering the cutout and any mounting screws or bolts.  The back of the panel shall be 
enclosed with sheet metal and with adequate removable access panels or doors for maintenance and removal of any 
unit without interfering with other units.  Proper latching equipment and hardware shall be provided.  Each recorder, 
indicator, and control unit shall be identified with nameplates securely fastened to the panel.  Nameplates shall 
be black over white laminated plastic with the lettering penetrating the black surface to expose the white.  
Nameplates shall be mounted not more than<MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> 1 inch</ENG> below the instrument or gauge, on the centerline.  The 
panel shall have continuous, rapid-start, fluorescent light fixtures mounted with reflectors providing suitable 
shielding to illuminate controls, instruments, gauges, and meters.  Field piping connections shall terminate 
in one bulkhead-mounted manifold, located to conform with the installation requirements of the system.  Field 
electrical wiring shall terminate in a color-coded terminal strip so located as to conform with the installation 
requirements of the system.  Electrical tubing or piping connections to controls, instruments, or other devices 
on the panel shall be inside the panel and not visible from the panel front.  A suitable plug-in strip shall 
be provided in the rear of the panel for any required plug-in electrical connections of the instruments.  Necessary 
transformers, separate relays, switches, and fuses shall be installed in a fully enclosed junction box.  A fused 
safety switch shall serve the 120-volt power supply required for control circuits.  If a pneumatic control system 
is provided, the panel shall include duplex air supply filter and regulator set mounted on the rear of the panel 
with properly identified pneumatic terminal blocks and low point drain.  No high-pressure lines will be allowed 
to enter the panel.  [If packaged boiler burner units with integral controls are furnished, the control equipment 
may be mounted on a separate free-standing panel for each boiler.  Controllers and indicators specified or required 
shall be panel-mounted and tested at the factory complete with relays, transformers, switches, wiring, valves, 
piping, and other appurtenances.  Wiring and piping within the panel shall be color-coded or otherwise identified.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.2   Indicators</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Indicator shall be flush mounted with a vertical scale of<MET> 100 to 150 mm</MET><ENG> 4 to 6 inch</ENG> length.  Indicators may be 
either electronic or pneumatic with zero adjustment, receiving standard signals form locally mounted transmitters.  
Scales shall be in engineering units with an accuracy of plus or minus 1 percent.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.3   Recorders</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Recorders shall be servo mechanism type, or multiple pen type.  [Circular] [Strip] chart type shall be provided.  
Minimum chart width is<MET> 100 mm</MET><ENG> 4 inches</ENG>.  Accuracy shall be plus or minus 0.5 percent.  Each pen shall have a 
separate scale calibrated in engineering units.  Chart drive shall be 120 volts ac.  One year's supply of chart 
paper shall be provided.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.4   Panel Display</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Steam flow meters will be specified for boilers having a continuous steam 
capacity of 4,540 kg (10,000 pounds) or more per hour and shall be integrating 
type where indicated.  Feedwater meter will be provided on individual boilers 
not having steam flow meter.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>As a minimum, the following parameters shall be displayed on the panel:</TXT><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
         Pressure                  Indicator         Recorder Point<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
         Main steam header             X                   X<BRK/>
         Boiler drum                   X<BRK/>
         Feedwater                     X                   X<BRK/>
         Instrument air                X<BRK/></TBL>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
         Draft                     Indicator         Recorder Point<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
         Windbox                       X<BRK/>
         Furnace                       X<BRK/>
         Boiler gas outlet             X<BRK/>
         ID fan inlet                  X<BRK/></TBL>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
         Temperature               Indicator         Recorder Point<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
         Main steam                                        X<BRK/>
         Boiler gas outlet                                 X<BRK/>
         Windbox                                           X<BRK/>
         Feedwater                                         X<BRK/></TBL>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
         Level                     Indicator         Recorder Point<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
         Boiler drum                                       X<BRK/>
         Bunker or silo                X<BRK/></TBL>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
         Flow                      Indicator         Recorder Point<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
         Main steam (including<BRK/>
           totalizer)                                      X<BRK/>
         Feedwater                                         X<BRK/>
         Air                                               X<BRK/>
         Fuel                                              X<BRK/></TBL>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
         Analyzers                 Indicator         Recorder Point<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
         Flue gas opacity                                  X<BRK/>
         Flue gas oxygen                                   X</TBL><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.5   Panel Piping and Wiring</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>High-pressure and high temperature values shall be pneumatically or electrically transmitter, or both, to the 
panel.  Pneumatic signals shall be<MET> 21 to 103 kPa</MET><ENG> 3 to 15 psig</ENG>.  Piping connectors to indicators shall be<MET> 6 mm</MET><ENG>
 1/4 inch</ENG> OD copper tubing conforming to<MET> <RID>ASTM B 68M</RID></MET><ENG> <RID>ASTM B 68</RID></ENG>.  Flow signals shall be transmitted either pneumatically 
or electrically to the panel-mounted receiver.  Copper tubing connections and electric wiring shall be run to 
a terminal block located on the inside of the panel front near the bottom.  Wiring shall be terminated at an 
identified terminal strip.  Wiring shall be suitable for boiler room requirements and installed according to <RID>
NFPA 70</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.6   Pilot Lights</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pilot lights shall be assembled in a factory-built cabinet, suitable for flush mounting in cutouts in boiler 
control panel, complete with extruded trim, clamps, and sheet metal rear housing, and finished in baked black 
enamel.  Lens shall be white plastic and engraved in black ink.  Lettering shall be<MET> 19 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> high and black.  
Two lamps per pilot shall be provided and independently wired.  Lamps shall be 6 watts, 24 volts dc, S-6 incandescent 
type, supplied with color caps, one red and one green per pilot light.  Lens bezels shall be black unless otherwise 
indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.7   Clock</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The clock shall be electric synchronous motor type.  The clock shall be for surface mounting and suitable for 
operation on 115-volt, 60 Hz single-phase electric service.  The clock shall have a white dial, easy-to-read 
black numerals, black hands, red sweep second hand, and external manual reset knob at bottom of case.  The motor 
gear train shall be sealed in a permanent oil bath.  The clock dial shall be<MET> 381.0 mm</MET><ENG> 15 inch</ENG> size.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.8   Alarm Annunciator Panel</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Layout of annunciator panel shall be as shown.  Panel shall consist of a flush-mounted cabinet, mounting trim 
with clamps, removable rear cover, and alarm modules.  Cabinet shall be finished with black baked enamel, aluminum 
trim, and black alarm bezels.  Nameplate size of alarm modules shall be nominal<MET> 70 mm</MET><ENG> 2-3/4 inches</ENG> high by<MET> 75 
mm</MET><ENG> 3 inches</ENG> wide in translucent white acrylic plexiglass and all nomenclature shall be engraved on front surface 
in black lettering.  Plug-in alarm module shall include epoxy circuit board, one reversible plug-in relay, one 
general-purpose plug-in relay, relays with dust covers, two selector switches for relay contact selection, and 
two lamps wired in parallel at 24 volts dc, 6 watts.  Flasher module shall be mounted and prewired with silence 
and test pushbuttons.  Alarm horn shall be remotely mounted and of general-purpose construction.  Input voltage 
shall be 120 volts ac, 60 cycle.  Power supply of 120 volts to 24 volts dc output of volt-ampere capacity shall 
be provided to suit load.  Alarm sequences of panel shall provide for "first alert" sequence, with manual reset 
and ringback sequences.  Annunciator panel shall be prewired internally to a rear terminal strip.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.9   Combustion Control Components</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Components shall conform to the requirements of paragraph COMBUSTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.10   Steam and Feedwater Flow Measurement</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Flow nozzles shall be provided to measure the steam flow from each boiler and each main steam header outlet.  
Orifice plates shall be provided to measure feedwater flow to each boiler.  Nozzles and orifice plates shall 
be flange-mounting type and made of stainless steel.  Orifice plates shall be of the square edge, concentric, 
paddle type designed for flange taps.  Minimum straight pipe runs shall be in accordance with <RID>AGA XR0603</RID>.  Condensate 
pots shall be provided for steam service.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.11   Flue Gas Opacity Monitor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>A flue gas monitoring system shall provide continuous measurement, indication, and recording of smoke opacity 
from each boiler.  The stack units shall include a light source and a light detecting or receiving unit mounted 
in the stack or main breeching as recommended by the manufacturer.  The control or transmitter unit shall have 
electronic solid-state circuitry and meter or digital type indicator, and provide an output signal of 4 to 20 
mA dc for 0 to 100 percent opacity.  In addition, the control unit shall have calibration and alarm adjustments 
for compliance with Federal, State, and local environmental regulations.  The control or transmitter unit and 
recorder shall have dust-tight metal enclosure.  A purging air system shall be provided to clean light source 
lens and light detector lens.  The control unit shall have adjustable alarm output contacts for various smoke 
densities.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.12   Sample Cooler</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Sample cooler shall be a water cooled shell and tube or shell and coil type heat exchanger with stainless steel 
tubes and cast-iron or steel shell suitable for cooling the blowoff before sampling.  The cooler shall be connected 
to a header and valved so that the operator can obtain a sample of properly cooled blowoff from any boiler as 
desired.  The cooler shall be properly supported and shall have a brass or bronze sampling cock with lever or 
compression handle.  A sampling glass container suitable for handling the water temperature to be encountered 
and a hydrometer or equivalent device suitable for measuring the concentration of solids in the water and reading 
in parts per million shall be provided.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.13   Oxygen Analyzer</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>If oxygen compensation controls are furnished, an oxygen analyzer shall be provided to indicate, record, and 
control the percentage of net excess oxygen in, and the average temperature of the flue gas leaving, the boiler.  
The oxygen analyzer shall be of the direct probe type utilizing an in situ zirconium sensing element.  The element 
shall be inserted directly into the process flue gas stream and shall directly contact the process gases.  The 
sensing element shall be contained within a protective shield mounted to the ductwork by an adapter plate, furnished 
by the manufacturer.  The analyzer shall be equipped to allow daily automatic calibration check without removing 
the analyzer from the process.  That is, sample gases may be injected directly on the sensing element while the 
analyzer is in the process.  The analyzer shall include any temperature compensation of control required.  The 
output signal range shall be 4 to 20 mA dc and shall represent 0 to 10 percent as a linear function.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.14   Continuous Blowdown</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Continuous blowdown equipment will be provided if required by UFC 3-410-01FA 
or UFC 3-410-02A.  If a firetube boiler is specified, these paragraphs will 
be deleted.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>Blowdown system will be deleted if not required for the project.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Package type blowdown system shall be rated as indicated.  The system shall automatically proportion blowdown 
to amount of makeup.  The unit shall include [the heat exchanger's flow control valve,] strainer, sample cooler 
(if required), solenoid valve, and surge tank.  [An extra-heavy blowdown heat exchanger shall be provided.  Tubes 
shall be of stainless steel.  A removable tube bundle shall be provided with U-tubes having bends twice the thickness 
of the tubing.  A rear baffle shall support all tubes at the return bend.]  A sample cooler shall be installed 
so that shell and tubing can be removed without disturbing piping or mounting.  Continuous blowdown valve shall 
be the manual proportioning type fabricated of corrosion-resistant steel.  The valve shall be equipped with a 
micrometer dial and pointer to indicate the proportional setting.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.9.15   Continuous Emissions Monitoring</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  A continuous emissions monitoring system (CEMS) is required by the Clean 
Air Act Amendment (CAAA) of 1990 if the fuel utilized is oil or coal and the 
heat input is 3 megawatts 10 million BTU/HR) or greater.  A CEMS may also be 
required by state or local laws.  If a CEMS is necessary the designer shall 
review the CAAA and the relevant state or local law early in the project to 
allow time to incorporate the required CEMS specification and to determine which 
flue gas emissions will be included in the required reports.  Before acceptance 
of the installation, the Contracting Officer shall be furnished a written test 
report which provides documentation that the CEMS equipment has passed factory 
and field certification tests required by federal, state and local regulations.  
The investigation will determine if the reported values may be calculated or 
should be direct measurements.  Fill in the data to state what method of measurement 
or calculation will be utilized for the determination of the report variable.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>Emerging flue gas flow monitor technologies are available.  The traditional 
differential pressure technique specified uses familiar equipment that can be 
maintained by plant personnel.  This type of measurement device has reliably 
satisfied regulatory requirements.  The possible use of other technologies should 
include a thorough investigation of flue gas flow monitor regulatory requirements 
and in-house maintenance capabilities.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Continuous emissions monitoring system (CEMS) equipment  shall be provided as a system by a single 
manufacturer.  A CEMS, meeting the requirements of applicable federal regulations, State of [_____] and 
local regulations, shall be provided for each boiler in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations 
and under the direct supervision of the CEMS equipment manufacturer.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  The reported data shall include [sulfur dioxide (SO2)] [oxides of nitrogen (NOx)] [carbon dioxide 
(CO2)] [particulate matter (PM)] and other information required by federal, state, and local regulations.  
SO2 reporting shall be based on [analyzer measurement] [fuel flow and percent sulfur calculation] [daily 
heat input calculation].  Nitrous oxides, carbon dioxide and particulate matter reporting shall be based 
on analyzers.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  The CEMS equipment shall include the central processing unit, printer, hard disk drive, and floppy 
disk drive.  The floppy disk drive shall function as a recorder.  The manufacturer shall provide the 
software to generate the required reports in a format acceptable to the federal, state and local regulatory 
agencies.  The operator interface to the CEMS equipment shall be via CRT screen.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.10   WASTE HEAT RECOVERY EQUIPMENT</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Economizer or preheater will be selected to be compatible with pollution 
control equipment being utilized.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Each boiler shall be equipped with [an economizer] [an air preheater].  Units may be separate from or integral 
with the boiler and shall be complete with insulation and jackets, casings, supports and access doors, and shall 
have provision for tube or tube bundle removal and for cleaning.  Soot blowers shall be provided as specified 
in paragraph BOILERS.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.10.1   Economizers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Economizers shall be of a type normally provided by the boiler manufacturer and shall include [finned tubes] 
[bare tubes] baffles and headers and shall have provision for cleaning and tube bundle removal.  At maximum load, 
economizer exit water shall not be within<MET> 17 degrees C</MET><ENG> 30 degrees F</ENG> lower than saturation temperature.  Materials 
shall be capable of withstanding the maximum boiler exit gas temperature plus<MET> 28 degrees C</MET><ENG> 50 degrees F</ENG>.  The 
tubes shall conform to <RID>ASME BPVC SEC I</RID>.  The overall design and installation shall preclude cold-end corrosion 
under any load condition.  Economizer tube metal temperature shall be above the maximum flue gas dewpoint for 
the fuel being fired under all load conditions.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.10.2   Air Preheaters</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Air preheaters shall be a type normally provided by the boiler manufacturer and shall be the recuperative tube 
plate or regenerative type constructed of materials adequate to withstand the corrosion effects of the flue gases.  
The overall installation shall preclude cold-end corrosion of the air preheater under any load condition.  Temperatures 
of metals in contact with flue gas shall be above the flue gas maximum dewpoint temperature for the fuel being 
fired under all load conditions.  Control shall be by steam-preheat or by automatic bypass and shall be integrated 
with the combustion control system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.11   DRAFT FANS</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Where fans are not protected by electrostatic precipitators or baghouse 
filters on boilers of 10,000 pounds per hour and larger, provide liners for 
scroll sheets and rotor blades.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>Induced draft fan outlet dampers may not be required in single fan/single boiler 
installations, except to eliminate the stack effect during outages.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Centrifugal fans conforming to <RID>AMCA 801</RID> [Type I] [Type II] [forced-draft] [and] [induced-draft] shall be furnished 
as an integral part of boiler design.  Fans shall be centrifugal with [backward curved blades] [radial tip blades] 
[or] [axial flow type].  Each fan shall be sized for an output volume and static pressure rating sufficient for 
pressure losses, excess air requirements at the burner or grate, leakages, temperature and elevation corrections 
for a dirty boiler with worst ambient conditions, all at full combustion to meet net rated output at normal firing 
condition.  In addition, fan sizing shall include margins of 10 percent volume and 21 percent static pressure, 
plus margins of<MET> 5 degrees C</MET><ENG> 10 degrees F</ENG> for forced draft fans and<MET> 22 degrees C</MET><ENG> 40 degrees F</ENG> for induced draft 
fans.  Induced-draft fans shall be designed for handling hot flue gas at the maximum boiler outlet temperature 
adjusted for boiler surface fouling.  [Induced draft fans shall be provided with outlet dampers.]  Noise levels 
for fans shall not exceed 85 decibels at<MET> 914.4 mm</MET><ENG> 3 foot</ENG> station.  Fan bearings shall be [air-cooled] [or] [water-cooled], 
and backward curved fan blade type with bearings not requiring water cooling may be of the self-aligning antifriction 
type.  [Scroll sheets and rotor blades shall have liners.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.1   Draft Fan Control</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Variable speed control, inlet vane control, and inlet damper control 
are, in descending order of efficiency, capable of control draft fan conditions.  
The choice is based on economics.  However, in erosive services, inlet vane 
control is not desirable.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Forced-draft centrifugal fans shall have [inlet vane controls] [variable speed control] where indicated.  Induced-draft 
centrifugal fans shall have [inlet vane control] [inlet damper control] [variable speed control].  [Axial propeller 
fans shall have variable propeller pitch control.]  Inlet vanes or dampers shall be suitable for use with combustion 
control equipment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.11.2   Draft Fan Drives</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Where motor starters for mechanical equipment are provided in motor control 
centers, delete the reference to motor starters.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>Steam driven boiler auxiliaries will not be used unless the exhaust steam can 
be utilized completely.  Reference to steam drives will be deleted if inapplicable 
for the equipment specified.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Fan shall be driven by [an electric motor] [or] [a steam turbine].  [Electric motor shall be [drip-proof] [totally 
enclosed nonventilated] [totally enclosed fan-cooled] [totally enclosed fan-cooled, suitable for installation 
in a Class II, Division 1, Group F, hazardous location conforming to <RID>NFPA 70</RID>].]  [Motor starter shall be magnetic 
[across-the-line] [reduced voltage start] type with [general-purpose] [weather-resistant] [watertight] [dust-tight] 
[explosion-proof] enclosure and shall be furnished with four auxiliary interlock contacts.]  [Steam turbines 
shall operate properly in a steam pressure range of [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> psig</ENG> with steam back pressure of [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>
.  Turbines shall have horizontally-split, centerline supported casings, water-cooled bearing housings with ring-oiled, 
babbitt-lined, bronze packed sleeve bearings.  Turbines shall also be equipped with a mechanical shaft speed 
governor and valve, and independent emergency overspeed governor and trip valve, reed tachometer, constant pressure 
type governor, insulation with removable metal jacket, oil-sight glasses with guards, removable stainless steel 
steam strainer [without disconnecting piping], any special wrenches and tools required for servicing turbine, 
and a sentinel warning on the exhaust casings.  Turbines shall conform to <RID>NEMA SM 23</RID>.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.12   AIR DUCTS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Air ducts connecting the forced-draft fan units with the plenum chamber shall chamber shall be designed to convey 
air with a minimum of pressure loss due to friction.  Ductwork shall be galvanized sheet metal conforming to <RID>
ASTM A 653/A 653M</RID>.  Ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with laps made in direction of air flow.  
Ducts shall be externally braced and shall be so installed and anchored as to be free of vibration.  Access and 
inspection doors shall be provided as indicated and required.  Ducts shall be constructed with long radius elbows 
having a centerline radius 1-1/2 times the duct width, or where the space does not permit the use of long radius 
elbows, short radius or square elbows with factory-fabricated turning vanes may be used.  Duct joints shall be 
substantially air-tight and shall have adequate strength for the service, with<MET> 38.1 x 38.1 x 3.2 mm</MET><ENG> 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 
x 1/8 inch</ENG> structural steel angles used where required for strength or rigidity.  Duct walls thickness shall 
be as follows:</TXT><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
                   Ducts, Maximum                Steel Sheet,<BRK/>
                     Dimension                Minimum Thickness<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
        <MET>Up thru 1.5 m (60 inches)         1.519 mm (16 gauge)</MET><BRK/>
        <ENG>Up through 60 inches              16 gauge</ENG><BRK/>
        <MET>1.6 m (60 inches) and larger      2.657 mm (12 gauge)</MET><BRK/>
        <ENG>61 inches and larger              12 gauge</ENG></TBL><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.13   BREECHING</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Breeching shall be constructed of not less than<MET> 3.416 mm</MET><ENG> 10 gauge</ENG> steel sheets conforming to <RID>ASTM A 36/A 36M</RID>.  
Breeching shall be adequately reinforced and braced with structural steel angles not smaller than<MET> 50 x 50 x 6.4 
mm</MET><ENG> 2 x 2 x 1/4 inches</ENG>, and all joints and seams in the sheets and angles shall be welded.  Expansion joints shall 
be installed as indicated and as required to suit the installation and shall be flexible type requiring no packing.  
Breeching shall have angle flanges and gaskets for connection to boilers, fans, equipment, or stacks.  Breeching 
connections shall be gas-tight and be caulked tight all around and sealed with cement to form an air-tight joint.  
Clean-out openings of suitable size and at approved locations shall be provided for access to all sections of 
the breeching and shall have tight-fitting, hinged, cast-iron doors with cast-iron frames.  Plastic materials 
polyetherimide (PEI) and polyethersulfone (PES) are forbidden to be used for vent piping for combustion gases.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.14   STACKS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Stacks for individual boilers shall be self-supporting double-wall insulated type.  Unless otherwise indicated, 
each stack shall be complete with structural steel base, base plates, anchor bolts and nuts, clean-out door, 
[induced-draft fan] [boiler] connection and a thermometer well.  Stub stacks for packaged boiler units may be 
supported directly on the boiler providing the boiler structure is designed to accommodate such an arrangement.  
Insulation shall be suitable for sustained flue gas temperature of<MET> 480 degrees C</MET><ENG> 900 degrees F</ENG> with intermittent 
temperatures up to<MET> 650 degrees C</MET><ENG> 1200 degrees F</ENG> and the wall section shall provide a "U" factor of approximately 
0.26.  Stacks shall be fabricated of steel conforming to <RID>ASTM A 242/A 242M</RID> for both inner and outer shell.  Inner 
shells of each section shall be provided with an air-sealed and concealed expansion and contraction device to 
allow for differential expansion of inner and outer shells.  Stacks shall be extended above the roof to the height 
indicated.  Plastic materials polyetherimide (PEI) and polyethersulfone (PES) are forbidden to be used for vent 
piping for combustion gases.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.15   BLOWOFF TANK</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Blowoff tank [shall be constructed of<MET> 28 MPa</MET><ENG> 4000 psi</ENG> reinforced concrete as specified in Section 
<SRF>03 31 00.00 10</SRF> CAST-IN-PLACE STRUCTURAL CONCRETE, and shall be fitted with a bolted steel manhole cover and frame.  
Blowoff pipe, vent pipe, and drain pipe to sewer shall be installed in pipe sleeves built into the concrete.  
The space between the pipe and sleeves shall be filled and caulked with lead wool or similar material to make 
a water-tight connection.  The tank shall be divided into two sections by a baffle to form a sediment chamber] 
[shall be constructed of steel in accordance with <RID>NBBPVI NB-27</RID>.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.16   PUMPS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.16.1   Boiler Feed Pumps</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Boiler feed pumps shall be sized and designed for the specific application. Pumps having a combined rating of 
flow and head that results in a<MET> wattage</MET><ENG> horsepower</ENG> rating less than<MET> 185 kW</MET><ENG> 250 bhp</ENG> shall be furnished to meet 
the design requirements of <RID>API Std 610</RID>.  The pump shall be end-suction, top discharge and be supported at its 
centerline.  Pump sizes with higher ratings than the above shall be horizontal-split case, multistage centrifugal 
pumps.  Casing construction shall be either volute or diffuser design and shall also be supported at its casing 
centerline.  All pump ratings shall have, nominally, an excess in capacity of 10 percent above the maximum continuous 
rating of the service.  The required net positive suction head (NPSH) at the pump design flow, head, and speed 
shall not exceed 80 percent of the available system NPSH at the same flow, assuming a low level in the storage 
tank.  The pump's suction specific speed shall not exceed 9000 at the pump's best efficiency point (BEP).  The 
guaranteed NPSH requirements shall reflect 3 percent breakdown criteria.  The pump's head-capacity (H-Q) curve 
shall be constantly rising to shutoff with no point of inflection.  There shall be no restriction to operation 
at any point from minimum continuous flow to design flow.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.16.1.1   Casings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pumps shall have integrally cast suction and discharge flanges that shall be drilled to meet the design pressure 
of the application.  The maximum operating temperature, for design purposes, of any feedpump shall not be less 
than<MET> 204 degrees C</MET><ENG> 400 degrees F</ENG>.  Casings shall be drilled, tapped, and provided with vent and drain connections.  
Pumps designed for this service shall not require cooling at ratings below<MET> 375 kW</MET><ENG> 500 bhp</ENG>.  This applies to both 
frame cooling or seal cooling.  Below<MET> 375 kW</MET><ENG> 500 bhp</ENG>, pumps shall employ antifriction radial and thrust bearings 
lubricated by flinger rings in a sealed housing.  Seals shall be mechanical and air-cooled flush piping conforming 
to <RID>API Std 610</RID>, Plan 23.  Above<MET> 375 kW</MET><ENG> 500 bhp</ENG>, pumps shall employ a single cooling circuit for both cooling 
the oil being delivered by a forced oil system to sleeve radial bearings and a floating shoe thrust bearing, 
coupled with the seal coolers for both stuffing boxes.  Mechanical seals shall also be provided.  In both cases, 
stuffing boxes shall be site-convertible to a packed box.  Leakage shall be no more than<MET> 25 mm/hour</MET><ENG> 25 cc/hr</ENG> 
for a seal life of no less than 25,000 hours.  Bearing rating shall be not less than 100,000 hours (L-10 life) 
at the point of maximum load, as defined by <RID>ABMA 9</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.16.1.2   Base</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pumps shall be supported on structural steel bases that do not require grouting in order to impart strength to 
the pump for static and dynamic loading from the piping system.  The bases shall be pitched to a low point drain.  
The complete pump and motor assembly shall be shop-aligned using shims on both the pump and the motor.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.16.1.3   Couplings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>All pumps shall be furnished with nonlubricated flexible-disc couplings and a coupling guard furnished to OSHA 
requirements.  Couplings shall be spacer-type to permit removal of the mechanical seals and limited-end-float-type 
for pumps with sleeve bearings.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.16.1.4   Automatic Recirculation</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  If automatic recirculation valve is utilized, delete this paragraph.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>All pumps shall be furnished with a self-contained automatic recirculation control valve that shall be sized 
for nominally 25 percent of the pump's BEP flow.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.16.1.5   Turbines</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Steam turbines for boiler feed pump shall operate the pump properly in a steam pressure range of [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>
 with steam backpressure of [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>.  Turbines shall have horizontally-split, two-piece, centerline supported 
casings, water-cooled bearing cases with ring-oiled, babitt-lined, bronze packed sleeve bearings.  Turbines shall 
also be equipped with a mechanical shaft speed governor and valve, independent overspeed emergency governor and 
trip valve, reed tachometer, constant pressure type governor, insulation with removable metal jacket, oil-sight 
glasses with guards, stainless steel steam strainer that is removable without disconnecting piping, any special 
wrenches and tools required for servicing the turbine, and a sentinel warning on the exhaust casings.  Turbines 
shall conform to <RID>NEMA SM 23</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.16.1.6   Electric Motors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Electric motors shall be selected for continuous duty and non-overloading characteristics suitable for the power 
characteristics available.  Motors shall be [splashproof][totally enclosed, nonventilated][totally enclosed, 
fan-cooled type][totally enclosed, fan-cooled type, suitable for installation in a Class II, Division 1, Group 
F hazardous location in accordance with the <RID>NFPA 70</RID>].  [Motor starter shall be [manual] [[magnetic] [across-the-line] 
[reduced voltage start]] type with [general-purpose][weather-resistant][water-tight][dust-tight][explosion-proof] 
enclosure.]  Integral size motors shall be the premium efficiency type in accordance with <RID>NEMA MG 1</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.16.1.7   Shop Hydrostatic Testing</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>All pumps shall be subjected to shop hydrostatic testing.  One pump in each service shall be subjected to a complete 
shop performance test to demonstrate that, at rated capacity, head is within a margin of plus 3 percent and minus 
0 percent of design; efficiency is within a tolerance of minus 0 percent; NPSH at the pump's BEP and at the rated 
condition is within a margin of plus 0 percent and minus 10 percent.  Performance tests shall be in accordance 
with <RID>API Std 610</RID>.  Procedures and results shall be subject to the approval of the Contracting Officer.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.16.2   Condensate Pumps</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  If inadequate NPSH is available, the designer shall give consideration 
to substituting either a double suction or positive displacement pump.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Condensate pumps shall be horizontal, end suction, single stage, centrifugal, motor-driven pumps.  Pumps shall 
have stainless steel shafts and bronze impellers.  Pumps shall be provided with stuffing boxes.  Lubrication 
shall be by splash oil with oil level sightglass provided.  Pumps shall be subjected to the same tests specified 
for the Boiler Feedpumps.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.17   CONDENSATE TANK AND ACCESSORIES</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.17.1   Condensate Tank</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Condensate tank shall be designed for a working pressure of<MET> 103 kPa</MET><ENG> 15 psig</ENG> and shall conform to <RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID>
.  The tank shall have a storage capacity equal to or greater than indicated and shall be installed complete 
with piping and accessories.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.17.2   Feedwater Makeup Valve</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Float-controlled valve shall be provided for emergency feedwater makeup to the tank.  The valve shall be operated 
by a float-control mechanism connected to the surge tank and shall maintain a suitable minimum water level in 
the tank.  The float box shall be outside the tank and the connections shall be properly valved to permit blowdown 
and servicing.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.18   HEAT EXCHANGERS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Heat exchangers shall be designed, fabricated, tested, and stamped in accordance with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID>.  
Additionally, heat exchanger designs shall meet the requirements of <RID>HEI 2623</RID>.  Closed feedwater heater designs 
shall meet the requirements of <RID>HEI 2622</RID>.  Heat exchangers shall be provided with relief valves as required by <RID>
ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID> and the HEI Standards.  Heat exchangers using service water shall be designed to have the 
service water inside the tubes.  The exchangers shall be of straight tube designs with bolted full diameter access 
channel covers to facilitate tube maintenance as required.  Return bonnets are acceptable when there are no tubeside 
nozzle connections at the far end.  Materials of construction shall be all carbon steel, except the service water 
side which shall reflect the service water available.  When the water quality permits, the tubes shall be stainless 
steel in accordance with <RID>ASTM A 249/A 249M</RID>, Grade TP 304, the remainder of the tube side shall be all carbon 
steel.  When the service water is known to contain chloride levels harmful to stainless steels, the tubes shall 
be 90-10 Copper-Nickel in accordance with <RID>ASTM B 111/B 111M</RID> Alloy 706; the remainder of the service water side 
shall be as follows:  tubesheets, monel-clad steel; channel covers, carbon steel lined with monel; channels and 
bonnets, monel.  Fixed tubesheet designs are preferred when operating conditions do not impose a large differential 
movement that cannot be readily accommodated with a simple thin-wall metal bellows expansion joint.  For larger 
differentials, a packed floating tubesheet with lantern ring is acceptable up to<MET> 1.03 MPa</MET><ENG> 150 psig</ENG> design pressure.  
For pressures above<MET> 1.03 MPa</MET><ENG> 150 psig</ENG>, a split ring floating head design shall be used.  Heat exchangers using 
steam to heat domestic water or other fluids such as glycol-water mixtures or fuel oil shall have the steam in 
the shell side.  The exchangers shall be of U-tube designs with bolted full diameter channel covers to facilitate 
tube maintenance as required.  The tubesheet shall be the full diameter to match the shell flange and shall have 
sufficient threaded bolt holes so that a shell hydro test may be applied without the channel in place.  Materials 
of construction shall be of all carbon steel with the exception of the tubes which should typically be specified 
as stainless steel in accordance with <RID>ASTM A 688/A 688M</RID>, Grade TP 304, stress relief annealed temper with the 
U-bends stress relieved after bending.  Fuel oil heaters shall have carbon steel tubes in accordance with <RID>ASTM A 179/A 179M</RID>
 and be furnished in the stress relief annealed temper with the U-bends stress relieved after bending.  Feedwater 
heaters shall be of all welded construction with bolted full diameter channel covers to facilitate tube maintenance 
as required.  The channel barrel shall be integral with the tubesheet and have an internal pass partition bolted 
cover design that shall be readily removable when the channel cover is removed.  Pass partitions that are sealed 
with a gasketed groove in the channel cover are prohibited.  Materials of construction shall be all carbon steel 
except the tubes.  Pressure boundary material shall be in accordance with <RID>ASTM A 516/A 516M</RID>, Grade C, when plate 
material is required, or <RID>ASTM A 350/A 350M</RID> when forging material is required.  Shroud plate material for desuperheating 
and subcooling zones shall be in accordance with <RID>ASTM A 285/A 285M</RID>, Grade C.  Tubes shall be stainless steel 
in accordance with <RID>ASTM A 688/A 688M</RID>, Grade TP 304, stress relief annealed temper with the U-bends stress relieved 
after bending.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.19   DEAERATING FEEDWATER HEATER</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Economizer or preheater will be selected to be compatible with pollution 
control equipment being utilized.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Deaerating feedwater heater shall be installed where indicated and shall be size and capacity indicated.  Shell 
shall be [cast iron] [steel plate].  [Tray system for unit shall be [cast-iron] [corrosion-resistant steel.] 
Floats shall be of [copper] controlled overflow-trap] type.  Heater shall be provided with [a pressure relief 
valve,] [thermometers,] [pressure gauge,] [and] [oil separator].  [A combination temperature-pressure recorder 
shall be installed for each feedwater heater.] [Steam pressure readings shall be taken from the shell, and the 
temperature bulb shall be so placed as to [indicate] [record] the temperature of the feedwater after it passes 
over the trays and sprays.]  An alarm shall be provided to turn on a red pilot signal lamp and to sound a bell 
gong in the event that water level in the feedwater heater storage tank falls to<MET> 300 mm</MET><ENG> 12 inches</ENG> above the bottom 
of the tank.  The system shall be operated by an approved type of external electric float switch connected to 
the tank.  The signal lamp and bell shall be mounted where directed.  The deaerating feedwater heater shall have 
a capacity of [_____] pounds of water per hour at a discharge temperature of [_____] degrees F at the following 
inlet conditions:</TXT><BRK/>
<MET><TBL><THD><BRK/>
                                 Pressure      Temperature range   Flow rate<BRK/>
                                   (kPa)            (deg C)         (kg/hr)<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
     Condensate return             [_____]        [_____]           [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
     High-pressure trap returns    [_____]        [_____]           [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
     Makeup water                  [_____]        [_____]           [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
     Heating steam                 [_____]        [_____]           [_____]<BRK/></TBL>
</MET><ENG><TBL><THD><BRK/>
                                 Pressure      Temperature range   Flow rate<BRK/>
                                  (psig)            (deg F)         (lb/hr)<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
     Condensate return             [_____]        [_____]           [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
     High-pressure trap returns    [_____]        [_____]           [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
     Makeup water                  [_____]        [_____]           [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
     Heating steam                 [_____]        [_____]           [_____]</TBL></ENG><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.20   STEAM TRAPS</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The design engineer, when designating steam-using equipment or special 
steam applications, will indicate the type of steam trap required in accordance 
with the following data:</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>a.  Inverted Bucket Traps:  This type of trap continuously vents air and carbon 
dioxide at steam temperature and is recommended for modulating loads.  The bucket 
floats on steam to close the outlet and sinks into condensate to open the condensate 
outlet.  Any trapped air is discharged first into the condensate return line 
and is followed by condensate discharge.  This type of trap has the longest 
life on systems under modulated control.  When large amounts of air are anticipated, 
an external thermostatic air vent should be installed on a line bypassing the 
trap to bleed air from the steam line and discharge it to the condensate return 
line.  This system will give optimum performance at low steam pressures with 
maximum dependability.  These traps will handle condensate from fan coil units 
where condensate must be lifted to return lines located above the equipment.  
They operate best at near full load conditions where loads do not vary over 
a wide range.  Before operation, traps must be primed by filling them with water.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>b.  Vertical Open-Top Bucket Trap:  Trap construction is more complex than inverted 
bucket type but is suitable for applications having wide variation of load and 
pressure, and is recommended for constant pressure systems.  Bucket sinks into 
condensate when condensate reaches top of trap and the discharge port opens.  
After discharge, the bucket floats on incoming condensate keeping the discharge 
port closed.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>c.  Impact-Operated Traps:  These traps depend on steam velocity to keep the 
disc closed.  As steam velocity decreases, the disc lifts off the seat and allows 
flow of condensate.  These traps allow some steam leakage and do not vent air 
at low pressure.  They are not recommended for service lower than 70 kPa (10 
psig) or where back pressure may exceed 50 percent of inlet pressure.  These 
traps are less expensive and have poor performance in the presence of dirt.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>d.  Thermostatic Traps:  These traps are bellows-actuated and contraction of 
bellows at a few degrees below saturated steam pressure allows condensate air 
and noncondensable gases to be discharged.  As steam reaches the bellows, the 
expansion of the bellows closes the discharge port.  These traps can also be 
utilized to vent air from a steam system and can be used in conjunction with 
an inverted bucket type steam trap previously described.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>e.  Float and Thermostatic Trap:  These traps provide optimum performance on 
modulating systems at lowest first cost.  Where steam pressures modulate down 
to zero, large amounts of air may be liberated.  They are ideal for dripping 
ends of steam risers, heels of up-feed steam risers, bottoms of down-feed steam 
risers.  These traps are also ideal for fan coil units and unit heaters.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>f.  Any trap selected must be sized for the expected condensate load with an 
applicable safety factor applied for the particular type of equipment serviced.  
Manufacturer's application manuals should be consulted to assist in sizing traps.  
Safety factors vary from 2:1 to 10:1.  An average 3:1 safety factor value will 
cover most applications.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>g.  Service life between repairs or replacement of traps may be a determining 
factor in the choice of traps.  One manufacturer of all types of traps offers 
the following experience record:</NPR><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
                                                Average Service Life<BRK/>
                                                 Between Replacement<BRK/>
                   Type of Trap                      or Repairs<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
               Inverted bucket traps                 42 months<BRK/>
               Float and thermostatic traps          24 months<BRK/>
               Thermostatic traps                    24 months<BRK/>
               Impact-operated traps                 19 months<BRK/></TBL>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Steam traps shall be in accordance with <RID>ASTM F 1139</RID>, type, style, and class as applicable.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.20.1   Bucket Traps</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Bucket traps shall be, either the inverted bucket type or the vertical bucket type with automatic air discharge.  
The traps shall be designed for a working pressure of<MET> 1.03 MPa</MET><ENG> 150 psig</ENG>, but shall be in the correct pressure 
class to operate properly at the actual steam supply pressure indicated for the system.  Valve and seat shall 
be constructed of stainless steel.  All other interior parts shall be of corrosion-resistant metal and the traps 
may be sealed type with corrosion-resistant steel bodies.  Traps shall discharge the condensate to the return 
line and shall be connected as indicated.  A suitable strainer with blow-off valve shall be installed in the 
intake connection to each trap.  Capacity of traps shall be not less than that indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.20.2   Impact-Operated Traps</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Impact-operated traps, impulse-operated traps, or thermodynamic traps with continuous discharge may be installed 
in lieu of bucket traps if applicable, subject to approval of the Contracting Officer.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.20.3   Thermostatic Traps</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Thermostatic traps designed for a steam working pressure suitable for the application may be furnished in lieu 
of the traps specified above if applicable.  Thermostatic trap capacities shall be based on a pressure differential 
not in excess of the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
         Steam working pressure                  Differential pressure<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
           <MET>275-350 kPa                           240 kPa</MET><BRK/>
           <ENG>40-50 psig                             35 psig</ENG><BRK/>
           <MET>620-690 kPa                           550 kPa</MET><BRK/>
           <ENG>90-100 psig                            80 psig</ENG></TBL><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.20.4   Float and Thermostatic Traps</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Float and thermostatic traps shall be designed for a steam working pressure of<MET> 103 kPa</MET><ENG> 15 psig</ENG> but shall operate 
with the supply pressure indicated for the system.  The trap capacity shall be based on a pressure differential 
of<MET> 15 kPa</MET><ENG> 2 psi</ENG>.  The inlet to each trap shall be provided with a brass or stainless steel strainer either separately 
or as an integral part of the trap.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.21   PRESSURE GAUGES</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pressure gauges shall be heavy-duty industrial type with phenolic case, solid front, rear blowout, threaded ring, 
shatterproof glass, and<MET> 13 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> NPT bottom connection suitable for specified pressure or vacuum with minimum<MET>
 114.3 mm</MET><ENG> 4-1/2 inch</ENG> diameter dial, except as other-wise specified.  Pressure gauges shall be installed on the 
low-pressure side of each pressure reducing valve, on the suction and discharge side of each pump, on inlets 
and outlets of heat exchangers, on the feedwater heater, and where shown or required for proper operation.  Pressure 
gauge shall be installed on each boiler and shall have a [<MET>254.0 mm</MET><ENG> 10 inch</ENG> dial] [<MET>304.8 mm</MET><ENG> 12 inch</ENG> dial] face.  
Gauges shall be installed so as to be accessible and easily read from the operating floor.  Gauges shall be equipped 
with integral or separate siphons, and pulsation dampeners and shall be connected by brass pipe and fittings 
with shutoff cocks.  Where pressure reducing valves are used, upstream and downstream gauges shall be placed 
close to the pressure reducing assembly, but connected approximately<MET> 3 m</MET><ENG> 10 feet</ENG> therefrom.  The operating ranges 
of the gauges shall be approximately twice the normal operating pressure.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.22   THERMOMETERS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Thermometers shall be bimetallic type with stainless steel case and stem, separable stem, separable thermowells, 
and temperature range suitable for the use encountered.  Thermometers shall be installed in the feedwater heater 
storage and steam areas, boiler feed pump; in the main condensate return line before entering the surge tank; 
in the combustion air inlets and outlets of air preheaters, water inlets, and outlets of economizers; in the 
suction and discharge of boiler feed pumps; in air inlets to forced and induced draft fans; in the flue gas inlets 
and outlets of economizers and air preheaters; and elsewhere as indicated or specified.  Thermometers shall have 
a universal joint and shall be easily read from the operating floor.  Thermometers shall have<MET> 127.0 mm</MET><ENG> 5 inch</ENG>
 scales except where<MET> 304.8 mm</MET><ENG> 12 inch</ENG> scales are required for remote reading and plus or minus 1 percent accuracy.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.23   WATER METER</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  For boilers having less than 4,540 kg (10,000 lbs) per hour steaming 
capacity, a mechanical type feedwater meter may be provided in accordance with 
this paragraph.  Plants having metered zeolite softeners used exclusively for 
boiler makeup purposes will not require an additional cold water makeup water 
meter.  Boilers over 4,540 kg (10,000 pounds) per hour capacity will have indicating-recording 
meters and they shall be integrating type where indicated.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Water meter, including the three-valve bypass and connections, shall be provided in the cold water makeup line 
[and in each boiler feedwater line].  Water meters shall be disk type with reinforced disk for hot water above<MET>
 65 degrees C</MET><ENG> 150 degrees F</ENG> and rubber or synthetic polymer disk for cold water, and shall be constructed of 
bronze composition and cast-iron protected by noncorrosive coating.  Moving parts subject to wear shall be easily 
removable.  Meters shall conform to the requirements of <RID>AWWA C700</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.24   CHEMICAL TREATMENT AND WATER SOFTENING EQUIPMENT</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Inapplicable type of chemical feeder will be deleted in accordance with 
the requirements of UFC 3-410-01FA or UFC 3-410-02A.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.24.1   Chemical Feeder</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>A feeder unit shall be provided for each boiler.  Chemical feeder shall be automatic proportioning, shot, or 
pump type.  All appurtenances necessary for satisfactory operation shall be provided.  Size and capacity of feeder 
shall be based upon local requirements and water analysis.  Chemical feed pumps and tanks shall be furnished 
as a package with the pumps mounted on and piping connected to the tank.  The pump cylinders, plungers, ball 
check valves, and check valve bodies shall be of corrosion-resistant materials suitable for the chemicals being 
pumped.  Volumetric accuracy of the pumps shall be within one percent over the range indicated.  Pump capacities 
shall be adjustable by positioning crank pin with micrometer setscrews.  Stroke length scale shall be divided 
in percentage graduations engraved on scale.  Cylinders shall be replaceable for increased or reduced pressure 
or capacity ranges.  Drive motors shall be suitable for the electrical power available and shall have drip-proof 
enclosures.  Tanks shall be made of polypropylene and mounted on legs.  Tanks shall have filling and drain connections 
and gauge glass.  Each tank shall be furnished with one pump, mounted and piped with black iron pipe and fittings, 
with suction strainer and stainless steel screen, and with<MET> 13 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> relief valve with steel body and stainless 
steel trim.  Each tank shall have hinged cover.  Tank bottom shall be dished concave to a radius equal to the 
diameter of the tank.  Units shall be for phosphate or caustic feed and sulfite feeding.  Motor-driven agitator 
shall be provided.  The pump shall be designed to feed the chemical solutions into the boiler feedwater system.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.24.2   Water Softening Equipment</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Need for softening equipment for makeup water will be as determined in 
accordance with UFC 3-410-01FA or UFC 3-410-02A.  If water softening is not 
required, delete the paragraph.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>A [single] [double] unit automatic water softener system shall be provided as indicated.  The system shall be 
designed for a working pressure of [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>.  The system shall be complete with raw and regenerate water 
distribution; under drain; inlet and outlet connection in upper and lower header respectively; resin removal 
connecting pipe legs; control valve for service, backwash, regenerate, and rinse; water meters, pressure gauges, 
brine storage, and measuring tank and controls for automatic operation.  Brine tank shall be either hot-dipped 
galvanized after fabrication or polypropylene.  Brine piping shall be either all copper pipe and fittings or 
Schedule 80 PVC.  The equipment shall have a total capacity between regenerations of not less than [_____]<MET> liters</MET><ENG>
 gallons</ENG> of water of [_____]<MET> grams</MET><ENG> grains</ENG> hardness when operating at a sustained softening rate of [_____]<MET> L/second</MET><ENG>
 gpm</ENG>.  The system shall be based on the data below.  Test sets shall be provided for pH comparator for the range 
[_____] to [_____] sulfite comparator, and phosphate comparator.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.24.2.1   Water Analysis</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The source of the raw water is [_____].  The analysis of the water is approximately as follows:</TXT><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
              Constituents*<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
              Sodium as (Na)                         [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Silica as (SiO(2))                     [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Calcium as (Ca)                        [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Magnesium as (Mg)                      [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Iron and aluminum oxides<BRK/>
                as (Fe(2)O(3)), (Al(2)O(3))          [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Bicarbonates as (HCO(3))               [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Carbonates as (CO(3))                  [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Hydroxides as (OH)                     [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Sulphates as (SO(4))                   [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Chlorides as (Cl)                      [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Phosphates as (PO(4))                  [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Carbon Dioxide (free CO(2))            [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Total hardness as (CaCO(3))            [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Total solids in solution               [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Volatile and organic matter            [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Suspended matter                       [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Free acid                              [_____] ppm<BRK/>
              Color                                  [_____]<BRK/>
              pH                                     [_____]</TBL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>*Numbers in parentheses are subscripts.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.24.2.2   Zeolite</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Zeolite shall be the high capacity polystyrene base sulphonic synthetic type.  Not less than [_____] cubic<MET> meter</MET><ENG>
 feet</ENG> of zeolite shall be provided with each reactor tank.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.24.2.3   Reactor Tank</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Reactor tank sizes shall be based on allowing a freeboard above the zeolite bed of not less than 50 percent of 
the zeolite bed depth, and a maximum flow rate of<MET> 11.3 mL/square meters per second</MET><ENG> one gallon/square foot per 
minute</ENG> for each<MET> 111 mm</MET><ENG> 4-3/8 inches</ENG> of zeolite bed depth.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.24.2.4   Softening System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The softening system shall be complete with all piping, control, and power wiring.  A complete initial charge 
of rock salt shall be installed in the brine tank as recommended by the softener manufacturer.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.24.2.5   Water Test Kit</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>A kit complete with test containers, reagents, and instructions for testing the raw and effluent water shall 
be provided in a strong carrying case.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.24.2.6   Treated Water Storage Tank</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Treated water storage tank shall be fabricated from steel plates not less than<MET> 4.7625 mm</MET><ENG> 0.1875 inch</ENG> thick for 
shell and heads, and shall be constructed in accordance with <RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID> for unfired pressure vessels 
for a design working pressure of<MET> 517 kPa</MET><ENG> 75 psig</ENG>.  Heads shall be dished concave to pressure to a radius equal 
to the diameter of the tank.  The tank shall be provided with the connections indicated, an<MET> 203.2 mm</MET><ENG> 8 inch</ENG> copper 
ball float, level-operated control valve, valve bypass and accessories, and a protected gauge glass.  The tank 
shall be the diameter shown and shall have a capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> liters</MET><ENG> gallons</ENG>.  The tank shall 
be hydrostatically tested at the factory at not less than<MET> 690 kPa</MET><ENG> 100 psig</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT><SPT><TTL>2.25   BUILDING HEATING EQUIPMENT</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.25.1   Unit Heaters</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.25.1.1   General</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The manufacturer of the unit heaters shall not select individual heaters with a capacity in excess of 125 percent 
of the value specified for the heater.  Orifice plates shall be provided to reduce the<MET> joule</MET><ENG> Btu</ENG> output where 
required.  The noise level of each unit heater shall be appropriate for the space in which the heater is installed.  
The sound power level [_____] decibels reference shall not exceed the following values in each octave band at 
the midfrequency, cycles per second:</TXT><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
     Octave Bands                       3       4        5       6      7<BRK/>
<BRK/>
    Midfrequency (in Hz)               250     500     1000    2000   4000<BRK/>
<BRK/>
                                                 Sound Power Level<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
     Office Space                       54      50       47      45     43<BRK/>
<BRK/>
     Conference Rooms,<BRK/>
      Communication Facilities          51      46       45      42     38<BRK/>
<BRK/>
     Shops, Factories                   69      62       61      58     57</TBL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The sound power level data for these units shall be based on tests conducted in accordance with <RID>ASA S1.13</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.25.1.2   Propeller Type Unit Heater</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Heater shall be designed for suspension and arranged for horizontal or vertical discharge of air as indicated.  
The casings shall be not lighter than<MET> 0.912 mm</MET><ENG> 20 gauge</ENG> steel.  Suitable stationary or rotating air deflectors 
shall be provided to assure proper air and heat penetration at floor level.  Suspension from heating pipes will 
not be permitted.  Vertical discharge heaters shall operate at speeds not in excess of 1200 rpm, except that 
units with<MET> 53 Megajoules</MET><ENG> 50,000 Btu</ENG> output capacity or less may operate at speeds up to 1,800 rpm.  Horizontal 
discharge unit heaters shall have discharge or face velocities not greater than the following:</TXT><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
             Unit Capacity                         Face Velocity<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
    <MET>Up to 0.472 cu m/second              4.0 m per second</MET><BRK/>
    <ENG>Up to 1,000 cuf/minute               800 feet per minute</ENG><BRK/>
    <MET>0.472 to 1.4 cu m/second             4.6 m per second</MET><BRK/>
    <ENG>1.001 to 3,000 cu f/minute           900 feet per minute</ENG><BRK/>
    <MET>1.4 and over cu m/second             5.1 m per second</MET><BRK/>
    <ENG>3.001 and over cu f/minute           1,000 feet per minute</ENG></TBL><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.25.1.3   Cabinet Unit Heaters</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Heaters shall be centrifugal fan type arranged for floor or ceiling mounting as indicated.  The heating elements 
and fans shall be housed in steel cabinets with angle iron frames.  The cabinets shall be of not lighter than<MET>
 0.912 mm</MET><ENG> 20 gauge</ENG> steel.  Each unit heater fan discharge shall be provided with an approved adjustment for air 
diffusion and distribution.  The fans shall be mounted on a common shaft with one fan to each air outlet.  The 
fan shaft shall be equipped with self-aligning ball or roller bearings accessible for lubrication.  The fan shaft 
shall be either directly connected to the driving motor or indirectly connected by adjustable V-belt drive rated 
at 150 percent of motor capacity.  All exposed moving parts shall have guards.  All fans in any one unit heater 
shall be the same size.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.25.1.4   Heating Elements</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Heating coils shall be copper, and radiating fins may be copper, aluminum, or suitable ferrous alloy.  The heating 
elements shall be free to expand or contract without developing leaks and shall be properly pitched for drainage.  
The elements shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of<MET> 1.4 MPa</MET><ENG> 200 psi</ENG> and a certified report of the test 
shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.25.1.5   Manual Selection Switches</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Motors shall be provided with manual selection switches for [on, off, and automatic] [on-off] operation and shall 
be equipped with thermal-overload protection.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.25.1.6   Automatic Operation</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Thermostatic Control by Fan Regulation:  The unit heaters shall be controlled automatically by thermostats 
located where indicated.  The thermostats shall be adjustable and fitted with thermometers.  Each thermostat 
shall operate on not more than a<MET> 2 degrees C</MET><ENG> 3 degrees F</ENG> differential over a temperature range of approximately<MET>
 13 to 24 degrees C</MET><ENG> 55 to 75 degrees F</ENG>.  The thermostat shall start or stop the respective unit heater 
fan motor when the room temperature falls below or rises above the thermostat set point.  Summer-winter 
switches for fan operation shall be provided adjacent to the thermostat for each unit heater.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Thermostatic Control by Steam Valve Regulation:  Cabinet type unit heaters shall be controlled automatically 
by proportioning type thermostats and modulating steam valves located where indicated.  On-Off switches 
for fan operation shall be provided adjacent to the thermostat for each fan unit.  The thermostats and 
valves shall maintain the desired room temperature within<MET> 1 degree C</MET><ENG> 2 degrees F</ENG> of the thermostat set 
point by regulating the steam supplied to the coil.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.25.2   Radiator and Convector</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Each [radiator] [convector] unit shall be provided with a top supply connection with a control valve and a bottom 
return connection with a thermostatic trap.  Each unit shall be tested hydrostatically at the factory and proved 
tight at a pressure of not less than<MET> 690 kPa</MET><ENG> 100 pounds</ENG>.  Extended surface tube-type radiators shall consist 
of suitable metal fins permanently bonded to copper or steel pipe cores threaded at each end for connecting to 
external piping.  Radiator capacities shall be determined in accordance with the <RID>HYI-005</RID> Rating Code.  Radiators 
shall be equipped with [expanded metal cover grilles fabricated from steel sheets not lighter than<MET> 1.519 mm</MET><ENG> 16 
gauge</ENG>, secured either directly to radiators or to independent brackets] [solid front, slotted, horizontal top 
grilles fabricated from steel sheets not lighter than<MET> 1.214 mm</MET><ENG> 0.0478 inch</ENG> thick, secured either directly to 
radiators or to independent brackets] [solid front, slotted, sloping, top cover grilles fabricated from steel 
sheets not lighter than<MET> 1.214 mm</MET><ENG> 0.0478 inch</ENG> thick independently secured to masonry with brackets].  [Nonferrous 
convectors shall be tested hydrostatically at the factory and proved tight under a pressure of not less than<MET> 
585 kPa</MET><ENG> 85 psig</ENG>.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.26   AIR COMPRESSOR  UNITS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Air compressor shall conform to <RID>ASME PTC 10</RID>, except as specified otherwise.  Compressor speed shall not exceed 
900 rpm.  Motor speed shall not exceed 1750 rpm.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.26.1   Service Air Compressors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The service air requirements shall be as indicated with receivers sized as indicated.  The units shall be suitable 
for heavy-duty service (soot blowing).  The compressors shall be simplex type, single-stage, double-acting, with 
water-jacketed cylinder; fitted with intake and discharge valves of the lightweight feather, disc, or plate type; 
and shall be provided with necessary controls, water-cooled aftercooler, moisture separator, drive, receiver, 
relief valves, and cooling water controls as indicated or required.  The compressor air intake shall be provided 
with a low drop-type air suction filter/silencer suitable for outdoor installation.  The aftercooler shall be 
the shell-and-tube type designed for air flow through the tubes with steel shell internal baffle plates and Admiralty 
metal tubes expanded into Muntz metal tube sheets.  The moisture separator shall be provided with an automatic 
water discharge trap and level gauge.  The air receiver shall be vertical type, constructed in accordance <RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID>
 for unfired pressure vessels for<MET> 1.4 MPa</MET><ENG> 200 psi</ENG> working pressure, and shall be equipped with flanged inlet 
and outlet connections, valved drain connection, <MET>152 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inch</ENG> dial pressure gauge, pop safety valves, and regulator 
connections.  Cooling water controls for regulating compressor cylinder water temperature and aftercooler water 
temperature shall be thermostatic valve type and shall be installed with a three-valve bypass in the water outlet 
lines ahead of open sight drain funnels.  The compressor shall be equipped with adjustable, pressure-type unloader 
controls suitable for continuous compressor operation.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.26.2   Instrument Air Compressors</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer should determine if two redundant full-size instrument air 
compressors will be required as loss of air will cause unit shutdown unless 
other provisions are made, such as crossties to the soot blower/service air 
system.  Delete paragraph if not required.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>An electric motor-driven oil-free automatic air compressor unit and a refrigerating drying unit shall be provided.  
The air compressor shall be capable of delivering, at a pressure of [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>, not less than<MET> 0.00472 standard 
cubic meters/second</MET><ENG> 10 scfm</ENG> dry air at an atmospheric dew point of<MET> -23 degrees C</MET><ENG> -10 degrees F</ENG> with entering 
air at<MET> 35 degrees C</MET><ENG> 95 degrees F</ENG>, saturated.  The air compressor unit shall be sized to run not more than 60 
percent of the time when all controls are in service.  The air compressor unit shall be complete with all necessary 
accessories including automatic pressure control equipment, relief valves, check valves, air filters, moisture 
traps, and a receiver with ample capacity for emergency operation of the controls for 15 minutes after compressor 
shutdown.  The receiver shall be of vertical construction, in accordance, <RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID> with relief valve 
and drain fittings.  The air dryer shall be a self-contained, refrigerated type, complete with refrigeration 
compressor, heat exchanger, automatic controls, and moisture removal trap, or a regenerative desiccant type dryer, 
as required.  The refrigeration unit shall be the hermetically-sealed type capable of continuous operation at 
maximum load conditions.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.27   PIPING</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Unless otherwise specified herein, pipe and fittings shall conform to <RID>ASME B31.1</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.1   Pipe</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pipe material shall be as specified in TABLE I.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.2   Fittings</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pipe fittings shall be as specified in TABLE II.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.3   Nipples</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Nipples shall conform to <RID>ASTM A 733</RID>, Type I or II, as required to match adjacent piping.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.4   Unions</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Unions shall conform to <RID>ASME B16.39</RID>, type as required to match adjacent piping.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.5   Pipe Threads</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pipe threads shall conform to <RID>ASME B1.20.1</RID>, right- or left-hand tapered thread as required.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.6   Expansion Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.6.1   Guided, Slip-Tube Type Expansion Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Wherever possible, provision for expansion of steam supply and return 
pipes will be made by changes in the direction of the run of the pipe or by 
field-fabricated expansion bends.  If expansion joints are not required, applicable 
paragraphs will be deleted.  Where space limitations prevent such provisions 
for expansion, expansion joints will be installed.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Guided, slip-tube expansion joints shall conform to <RID>EJMA Stds</RID> and <RID>ASME B31.1</RID>.  End connections shall be flanged.  
Anchor bases or support bases shall be provided as indicated or required.  The joints shall be designed for a 
steam working pressure not less than [_____]<MET> Pa</MET><ENG> psig</ENG>.  Joints shall provide for either single or double slip 
of the connected pipes, as indicated, and for not less than the traverse indicated.  [Service outlets shall be 
provided where indicated or required.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.6.2   Bellows Type Expansion Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Bellows type joints shall be flexible, guided expansion joints conforming to <RID>EJMA Stds</RID> and <RID>ASME B31.1</RID>.  The expansion 
element shall be stainless steel.  Guiding of piping on both sides of expansion joint shall be in accordance 
with the published recommendations of the manufacturer of the expansion joint.  The joints shall be designed 
for the working temperature and pressure suitable for the application, but design pressure shall not be less 
than<MET> 1.03 MPa</MET><ENG> 150 psig</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.6.3   Flexible Ball Type Expansion Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Flexible ball joints shall be [stainless steel] [malleable-iron] [ductile iron] [carbon steel] [bronze] or other 
alloys as appropriate for the service intended.  The joints may be threaded, flanged, or welded end, as required, 
and shall be capable of absorbing the normal operating axial, lateral, or angular movements or combination thereof.  
The ball-type joint shall be designed and constructed in accordance with <RID>ASME B31.1</RID> and <RID>EJMA Stds</RID>, where applicable.  
Flanges shall conform to the diameter and drilling provisions of <RID>ASME B16.5</RID>.  Molded gaskets furnished shall 
be suitable for the service intended.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.27.7   Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Valves shall be installed at indicated locations, where specified, and where required for proper functioning 
and servicing of the system.  Valves shall be of the pressure class shown.  Motor-operated valves shall be capable 
of closing speeds of<MET> 2.5 to 5.1 mm/sec</MET><ENG> 6 to 12 inches/minute</ENG>.  Motor operators shall be equipped with position 
indicators, valve stem protectors above the motor operating units, and auxiliary handwheels for manual operation 
of the valves in the event of power failure.  Motors shall be suitable for operation on the electrical current 
characteristics indicated.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.7.1   Check Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer shall indicate the type of valves, vertical lift or horizontal, 
on the drawings.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Valves for 125 pound class steel piping shall conform to the following:</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Sizes<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2-1/2 inches</ENG> and less, bronze:  <RID>MSS SP-80</RID>, Type 3 or 4, Class 125.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Sizes<MET> 80 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inches</ENG> through<MET> 600 mm</MET><ENG> 24 inches</ENG>, cast-iron:  <RID>MSS SP-71</RID>, Type III or IV, Class 
125.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Valves for 150 pound class steel piping shall conform to the following:</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Sizes<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2-1/2 inches</ENG> and less, bronze:  <RID>MSS SP-80</RID>, Class 150 minimum.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Sizes<MET> 80 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inches</ENG> through<MET> 600 mm</MET><ENG> 24 inches</ENG>, steel:  <RID>ASME B16.34</RID>, Class 150 minimum, 
flanged ends, swing disc.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Valves for system operating pressure greater than<MET> 1.4 MPa</MET><ENG> 200 psi</ENG> shall be swing check or lift check 
valves having a steel body and shall be suitable for specified operating pressure, but not less than<MET> 
Class 300</MET><ENG> 300 pound class</ENG>.  Valves<MET> 40 mm</MET><ENG> 1-1/2 inches</ENG> and smaller shall be cast or forged steel with 
socket welded ends.  Valves<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inch</ENG> and larger shall be steel with butt welded ends.  Check valves 
shall have renewable composition discs or shall have metallic discs of the regrindable type which permits 
regrinding without removing valve from the line.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.7.2   Gate Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Gate valves used as shutoff valves in the boiler leads to the steam headers, and elsewhere as indicated, shall 
be of the chain-operated type, with enough chain for easy operation from the operating floor or walkway.  Gate 
valves<MET> 200 mm</MET><ENG> 8 inches</ENG> and larger used on high-pressure steam lines, and elsewhere as indicated shall be provided 
with a globe valve bypass.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Valves for 125 pound class steel piping shall conform to the following:</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Sizes<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2-1/2 inches</ENG> and less, bronze:  <RID>MSS SP-80</RID>, Type 1 or 2, Class 125.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Sizes<MET> 80 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inches</ENG> through<MET> 1200 mm</MET><ENG> 48 inches</ENG>, cast-iron:  <RID>MSS SP-70</RID>, Type I, Class 125, 
Design OT or OF (OS&amp;Y), bronze trim.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Valves for 150 pound class steel piping shall conform to the following:</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Sizes<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2-1/2 inches</ENG> and less, bronze:  <RID>MSS SP-80</RID>, Type 1 or 2, Class 150 minimum.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Sizes<MET> 80 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inches</ENG> through<MET> 600 mm</MET><ENG> 24 inches</ENG>, steel:  <RID>ASME B16.34</RID>, Class 150 minimum, 
flanged ends.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Valves for system operating pressure greater than<MET> 1.4 MPa</MET><ENG> 200 psi</ENG> shall be split wedge disc type, 
outside screw and yoke, steel and shall be suitable for specified operating steam pressure, but not less 
than<MET> Class 300</MET><ENG> 300 pound class</ENG>.  Valves<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inch</ENG> and smaller shall be forged steel with socket welded 
ends.  Valves<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2-1/2 inches</ENG> and larger shall be steel and shall have butt welded ends.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.7.3   Globe Valves and Angle Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Globe type valves shall have outside screw and yoke with bolted bonnets, stainless steel trim, and flat seats, 
but shall not be the reversed cup type.  The stuffing boxes shall be large and deep.  Valves shall be installed 
with the stem horizontal or above.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Valves for 125 pound class steel piping shall conform to the following:</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Sizes<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2-1/2 inches</ENG> and less, bronze:  <RID>MSS SP-80</RID>, Type 1, 2, or 3, Class 125.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Sizes<MET> 80 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inches</ENG> through<MET> 300 mm</MET><ENG> 12 inches</ENG>, cast-iron:  <RID>MSS SP-85</RID>, Type III and Type 
IV, Class 125.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Valves for 150 pound class steel piping shall conform to the following:</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Sizes<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2-1/2 inches</ENG> and less, bronze:  <RID>MSS SP-80</RID>, Type 1, 2, or 3, Class 150 minimum.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Sizes<MET> 80 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inches</ENG> through<MET> 600 mm</MET><ENG> 24 inches</ENG>, steel:  <RID>ASME B16.34</RID>, Class 150 minimum, 
flanged ends.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Valves for system operating pressure greater than<MET> 1.4 MPa</MET><ENG> 200 psi</ENG> shall be suitable for specified 
operating conditions, but not less than 300 pound class.  Valves<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inch</ENG> and smaller shall be forged 
steel with socket welded ends.  Valves<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2-1/2 inches</ENG> and larger shall be steel and shall have butt 
welded ends.  Valves shall have renewable flat metal seats.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.7.4   Steam Pressure Reducing Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Single-seated valves should be used when a dead-end shutoff of the steam 
is required.  When a thermostatically-controlled valve is installed after and 
near the reducing valve in a manner to cut off the passage of steam, the single-seated 
valve should be used.  Double-seated valves may be used where the low (reduced) 
pressure lines will condense enough steam to offset normal leakage through the 
valve.  Under conditions of widely varying initial pressure, double-seated valves 
usually give closer control of reduced pressure.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Reducing valves designed for the working pressure shown, but not for less than<MET> 1.4 MPa</MET><ENG> 200 psig</ENG>, shall be provided 
wherever indicated or required.  Each reducing valve shall be adjusted to maintain the desired terminal pressure, 
regardless of fluctuations in the initial pressure.  The valves shall be [single seated] [doubled seated], spring-loaded, 
quiet in operation, and shall not stick internally.  Pilot-operated valves or other controllers using steam or 
compressed air for operating medium shall be provided.  Valves<MET> 65 mm</MET><ENG> 2-1/2 inches</ENG> and larger shall be cast steel, 
cast-iron, or semisteel as required for the steam pressure.  Valves<MET> 50 mm</MET><ENG> 2 inches</ENG> and smaller shall be bronze.  
Valve trim for iron body valves shall be stainless steel, nickel copper, or other approved corrosion-resisting 
material.  All parts subject to wear shall be readily renewable.  Valves shall have seats and plugs faced with 
a cobalt-tungsten carbide mixture, or made of heat-treated stainless steel or a high chromium steel designed 
to resist erosion.  Seat and plug facing shall have a Brinell hardness of not less than 450.  Each valve shall 
be installed with a strainer, a three-valve bypass, and a safety relief valve as indicated.  Where pressure reducing 
valves are used for reducing the steam pressure to the deaerating heater, the valves shall be the single seated 
type.  The sensing lines shall be connected to the steam space in the deaerator or at least<MET> 3 m</MET><ENG> 10 feet</ENG> downstream 
of the pressure reducing valve.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.7.5   Thermostatic Regulating Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  If a hot water generator is not installed, this subparagraph will be 
deleted.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Valves of the self-contained type to control water temperature within the domestic hot water generator by regulating 
the steam supplied to the heating coil shall be installed in the steam supply line to each generator.  Thermostatic 
regulating valves shall be designed for a steam working pressure of<MET> 1.4 MPa</MET><ENG> 200 psig</ENG> and shall operate at the 
pressure shown.  The valves shall be adjustable within an operating range of approximately<MET> 38 to 71 degrees C</MET><ENG>
 100 to 160 degrees F</ENG> and shall maintain the desired water temperature within plus or minus<MET> 3 degrees C</MET><ENG> 5 degrees 
F</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.7.6   Back Pressure Relief Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Valves shall have cast-iron or steel bodies and shall be equipped with corrosion-resistant trim and valve seats.  
The valves shall be properly guided and shall be positive closing to prevent leakage.  Adjustment of the desired 
back pressure shall cover a range between<MET> 34 to 103 kPa</MET><ENG> 5 to 15 psig</ENG>.  The adjustment shall be effected externally, 
and any shafts extending through the valve body shall be provided with adjustable stuffing boxes having renewable 
packing.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.7.7   Boiler Automatic Feedwater Recirculating Control Valve</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  If automatic recirculation valve is not utilized, delete this paragraph.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Valve shall be the self-contained self-powered type.  The unit shall automatically program the recirculation 
flow when required and assume all functions for prevention of the backflow of the main feedwater flow, for detection 
of low flow, for cycling of the control valve, and for the pressure reduction for liquid delivery to the low-pressure 
feedwater heater.  The valve assembly shall be flanged type with flanged spools provided in both the main line 
and recirculation line for ease of disassembly.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.27.8   Exhaust Heads</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Exhaust heads for the discharge of steam to atmosphere shall be one-piece plate steel, semisteel, or cast-iron 
construction with internal baffle arrangement for the removal of entrained condensate and oil, and with provision 
for drain connection.  Flow area through unit shall be larger than connecting pipe.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.9   Strainers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The strainer body connections shall be of the same size as the pipelines in which the connections are installed.  
The strainer bodies shall be heavy and durable cast steel [or gray cast-iron].  The bodies shall have arrows 
clearly cast on the sides to indicate the direction of flow.  Each strainer shall be equipped with an easily 
removable cover and sediment basket.  The basket shall be not less than<MET> 0.63 mm</MET><ENG> 0.025 inch</ENG> thick corrosion-resistant 
steel [or sheet brass] with enough small perforations to provide a net free area through the basket of at least 
3.30 times that of the diameter of the entering pipe.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.27.10   Pipe Hangers, Inserts, and Supports</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pipe hangers, inserts and supports shall conform to <RID>MSS SP-58</RID> and <RID>MSS SP-69</RID>, except as modified herein:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Types 5, 12, and 32 shall not be used.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Type 3 shall not be used on insulated pipe which has a vapor barrier.  Type 3 may be used on insulated 
pipe that does not have a vapor barrier if clamped directly to the pipe and if the clamp bottom does 
not extend through the insulation and the top clamp attachment does not contact the insulation during 
pipe movement.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Type 18 inserts shall be secured to concrete forms before concrete is placed.  Continuous inserts 
which allow more adjustment may be used if they otherwise meet the requirements for Type 18 inserts.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.  Type 19 and 23 C-clamps shall be torqued in accordance with <RID>MSS SP-69</RID> and have both locknuts and 
retaining devices furnished by the manufacturer. Field-fabricated C-clamp bodies or retaining devices 
are not acceptable.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>e.  Type 20 attachments used on angles and channels shall be furnished with an added malleable-iron heel 
plate or adaptor.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>f.  Type 24 may be used only on trapeze hanger systems or on fabricated frames.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>g.  Where Type 39 saddle or Type 40 shield is permitted for a particular pipe attachment application, 
the Type 39 saddle shall be used on all pipe<MET> 100 mm</MET><ENG> 4 inches</ENG> and larger.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>h.  Horizontal pipe supports shall be spaced as specified in <RID>MSS SP-69</RID> and a support shall be installed 
not over<MET> 300 mm</MET><ENG> 1 foot</ENG> from the pipe fitting joint at each change in direction of the piping.  Pipe supports 
shall be spaced not over<MET> 1.5 m</MET><ENG> 5 feet</ENG> apart at valves.  In the support of multiple pipe runs on a common 
base member, a clip or clamp shall be used where each pipe crosses the base support member.  Spacing 
of the base support members shall not exceed the hanger and support spacing required for any of the individual 
pipes in the multiple pipe run.  The clips or clamps shall be rigidly connected to the common base member.  
A clearance of<MET> 3 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> shall be provided between the pipe and clip or clamp for all piping which 
may be subjected to thermal expansion.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>i.  Vertical pipe shall be supported at each floor, except at slab-on-grade, and at intervals of not 
more than<MET> 4.5 m</MET><ENG> 15 feet</ENG>, not more than<MET> 2.4 m</MET><ENG> 8 feet</ENG> from end of risers, and at vent terminations.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>j.  Type 35 guides using steel, reinforced polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) or graphite slides shall be 
provided, where required, to allow longitudinal pipe movement.  Lateral restraints shall be provided 
as required.  Slide materials shall be suitable for the system operating temperatures, atmospheric conditions, 
and bearing loads encountered.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(1)  Where steel slides do not require provisions for restraint of lateral movement, an alternate 
guide method may be used.  On piping<MET> 100 mm</MET><ENG> 4 inches</ENG> and larger, a Type 39 saddle may be welded 
to the pipe and freely rest on a steel plate.  On piping under<MET> 100 mm</MET><ENG> 4 inches</ENG>, a Type 40 protection 
shield may be attached to the pipe or insulation and freely rest on a steel slide plate.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<ITM>(2)  Where there are high system temperatures and welding to piping is not desirable, then the 
Type 35 guide shall include a pipe cradle, welded to the guide structure and strapped securely 
to the pipe.  The pipe shall be separated from the slide material by at least<MET> 100 mm</MET><ENG> 4 inches</ENG>
, or by an amount adequate for the insulation, whichever is greater.</ITM><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>k.  Pipe hangers on horizontal insulated pipes, except for Type 3, shall be the size of the outside diameter 
of the insulation.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>l.  Piping in trenches shall be supported as indicated.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.28   INSULATION</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Shop and field applied insulation shall be as specified in Section <SRF>23 07 00</SRF> THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL 
SYSTEMS.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.29   TOOLS</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Special tools only shall be furnished and shall include all uncommon tools necessary for the operation and maintenance 
of boilers, stokers, pumps, fans, controls, meters, special piping systems, and other equipment.  Small hand 
tools shall be furnished with a suitable cabinet, mounted where directed.  The following tools shall also be 
furnished.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.29.1   Tube Brush</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Applies to firetube boilers.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Tube brush, with steel bristles and jointed handle of sufficient length to clean full length of firetubes, shall 
be provided.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.29.2   Smoke Pipe Cleaner</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Cleaner shall be provided to clean the breeching and smoke connections.  Cleaner shall have jointed handle of 
sufficient length to clean breeching and smoke connections without dismantling.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.29.3   Firing Tools</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Firing tools including hoe, poker, and slice bar shall be provided for each boiler.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.29.4   Wrenches and Gaskets</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Wrenches shall be provided as required for opening boiler manholes, handholes, and cleanouts.  One set of extra 
gaskets shall be provided for all boiler manholes and handholes, for pump barrels, and other similar items of 
equipment.  All gaskets shall be packaged and properly identified.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.30   COAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.1   Screw Conveyor</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Where motor starters for mechanical equipment are provided in motor control 
centers, delete the reference to motor starters.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Screw conveyor for the lateral distribution of coal shall consist of steel screw conveyor with capacity of not 
less than [_____]<MET> cubic meters/second</MET><ENG> cubic feet/hour</ENG> when handling coal of the specified maximum lump size.  
Maximum capacity of the conveyor shall be based on the screws carrying not more than 30 percent of their cross 
section (except feeder conveyors), and the maximum speed of conveyor shall be 60 rpm.  Conveyor and housing shall 
be assembled in sections.  The sectional flights shall be mounted on steel pipe and connected by coupling shafts.  
A feeder conveyor may be installed to assume the proper distribution of the load.  Both the feeder screw and 
the extended screw shall have their flights mounted on the same pipe.  The conveyor shall be provided with sectional 
supporting hanger bearings of the babbitted type.  Conveyor length between bearings shall not exceed<MET> 3.7 m</MET><ENG> 12 
feet</ENG>.  Trough ends shall be fabricated cast-iron type with feet and fitted with babbitted bearings.  The drive 
shall be at the discharge end of the conveyor and shall consist of an electric gear motor and chain drive.  The 
chain drive from the motor to the reducer shall be enclosed in an oil-tight casing.  Thrust in either direction 
shall be absorbed by the thrust bearings.  The motor may be mounted on top of the trough.  The trough conveyor 
housing shall be not less than<MET> 4.8 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> steel with a<MET> 1.897 mm</MET><ENG> 14 gauge</ENG> steel cover and shall be dust-proof.  
Discharge spout and coal gate shall be furnished as indicated.  An approved type of supporting saddle shall be 
provided.  Supports shall be spaced at not more than<MET> 3 m</MET><ENG> 10 foot</ENG> intervals.  Motor enclosure shall be [totally 
enclosed, nonventilated] [totally enclosed, fan-cooled type suitable for installation in a Class II, Division 
1, Group F hazardous location in conformance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>].  [Motor starter shall be [manual] [[magnetic] [across-the-line] 
[reduced voltage start]] type with [weather-resistant] [dust-tight] [explosion-proof] enclosure.]  Dust controlling 
covers and inlet and discharge enclosures shall be provided for each conveyor.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.2   Belt Conveyor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Belt conveyor shall be of the trough type, as shown.  Maximum incline of the belt conveyor shall not exceed 15 
degrees.  The conveyor support frame shall have sufficient rigidity to maintain belt alignment, at least<MET> 75 mm</MET><ENG>
 3 inches</ENG> clearance to prevent damage to the edge of the belt on its return run, and adjustments for aligning 
shafts.  Decking to protect the return belt from coal sifting and to provide lateral stiffness shall be placed 
on top of the stringers.  Idlers shall be accurately made to provide a rigid framework that will maintain permanent 
alignment of well balanced, smooth-running, easy turning idler rolls.  All idlers and return rolls shall be <RID>CEMA Belt Book</RID>
, Series C5.  Pressure lubrication shall be provided to ball or roller bearings.  Idlers shall be 20-degree or 
35-degree three-roll type spaced on<MET> 1.2 m</MET><ENG> 4 foot</ENG> centers, except under loading points and skirts.  Return idlers 
shall be spaced on<MET> 3 m</MET><ENG> 10 foot</ENG> centers.  The belting shall be Grade 2 as defined in <RID>RMA IP-1</RID>.  The belting shall 
have field-vulcanized splices.  Pulleys shall be designed in accordance with <RID>CEMA B105.1</RID>, shall be heavy welded 
steel, true to diameter and accurately bored, key seated and tightly fitted to the shafts.  Pulley face width 
for belts<MET> 1067 mm</MET><ENG> 42-inches</ENG> wide and smaller, that are<MET> 150 m</MET><ENG> 500 feet</ENG> or more in length, shall be belt width 
plus<MET> 100 mm</MET><ENG> 4 inches</ENG>; less than<MET> 150 m</MET><ENG> 500 feet</ENG> in length, shall be belt width plus<MET> 75 mm</MET><ENG> 3 inches</ENG>.  Pulley face 
width for belts<MET> 1.2 m</MET><ENG> 48 inches</ENG> and larger shall be belt width plus<MET> 150 mm</MET><ENG> 6 inches</ENG>.  Drive pulleys shall be 
provided with<MET> 19 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> thick vulcanized and grooved lagging.  Snub pulleys shall be provided with<MET> 9.5 mm</MET><ENG>
 3/8 inch</ENG> vulcanized smooth lagging.  All conveyor pulley shaft assemblies shall be supported by two heavy-duty 
antifriction bearings having a minimum life expectancy of 50,000 hours for 90 percent of bearings in accordance 
with <RID>ABMA 11</RID> for roller bearings.  The pulley diameter shall be sufficiently large to meet the requirements of 
the duck weight and ply of the belt to permit flexing of the belt around the pulley circumference without damaging 
the belt or shortening the belt life.  The conveyor shall be driven by a [totally enclosed, nonventilated type] 
[totally enclosed, fan-cooled type] [totally enclosed, fan-cooled type suitable for installation in Class II, 
Division 1, Group F hazardous location in conformance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>] electric motor connected to a drive-shaft-mounted 
speed reducer unit by a [roller chain drive] [V-belt drive] [flexible coupling].  [The motor starter shall be 
[manual] [[magnetic] [across-the-line] [reduced voltage start]] type with [general-purpose] [weather-resistant] 
[watertight] [dust-tight] [explosion-proof] enclosure.]  All belt conveyors shall be provided with belt misalignment 
switches, emergency stop pull cords and pull switches, galvanized expanded metal shields over tail pulley, zero 
speed switches, loading skirts, plugged chute switches, walkways, supports, belt take-ups, belt cleaners, skirt 
boards, and pulley scrapers.  Dust controlling covers and inlet and discharge enclosures shall be provided for 
each conveyor.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.3   Flight Conveyor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Scraper] [Shoe-suspended] flight conveyor arranged generally as shown and of the single-strand type shall have 
capacity not less than [_____]<MET> metric tons/hour</MET><ENG> tons/hour</ENG> when handling coal with approximate weight of<MET> 800 kg/cubic 
meter</MET><ENG> 50 pcf</ENG> and with maximum lump size of [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> diameter.  Capacity shall be based on a maximum 
speed of<MET> 0.508 m/sec</MET><ENG> 100 fpm</ENG> with conveyor operating up a [_____] degree incline.  Chain shall be drop-forged 
steel type with flights made of either steel or malleable-iron, spaced at least three times the largest lump 
size.  Foot shaft shall have protected screw take-up with adjustment of not less than<MET> 300 mm</MET><ENG> 12 inches</ENG>.  Trough 
shall be made of<MET> 4.8 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> steel plate, minimum.  All sliding surfaces in contact with the chain or flights 
shall be lined with<MET> 19 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> thick, removable, ultra high molecular weight polyethylene liners.  Both sides 
of trough shall be provided with a warning sign "DANGER - DO NOT WELD - FLAMMABLE PLASTIC LINER."  Signs shall 
be visible on each floor level and at frequent intervals.  Conveyor shall be provided with discharge openings 
as indicated, each of which shall be provided with rack-and-pinion-operated gates with handwheels.  Motor shall 
drive conveyor through a speed reduction unit which is either direct-connected or roller-chain-connected to the 
drive shaft.  Motor shall be [totally enclosed, nonventilated type] [totally enclosed, fan-cooled type] [totally 
enclosed, fan-cooled type suitable for installation in a Class II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in 
accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>].  [Motor starter shall be [manual] [[magnetic] [across-the-line] [reduced voltage start]] 
type with [general-purpose] [weather-resistant] [water-tight] [dust-tight] [explosion-proof] enclosure.]  Conveyor 
frame shall be constructed essentially as indicated, with additional bracing as required for rigidity.  Dust 
controlling covers and inlet and discharge enclosures shall be provided for each conveyor.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.4   Bucket Elevators</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Vertical bucket elevators shall be furnished dust tight, complete with continuous chain and attached buckets, 
upper and lower sprockets, gears, shafts, bearings, casing with flanged connections including top hood and discharge 
spout, bottom boot, access doors, electric motor drive, and all accessories.  Bucket elevators shall be [vertical 
spaced centrifugal discharge] [positive discharge] [continuous bucket type].  The capacity of the elevator shall 
be not less than [_____]<MET> metric tons/hour</MET><ENG> tons/hour</ENG> when handling coal weighing approximately<MET> 800 kg/cubic meter</MET><ENG>
 50 pcf</ENG>.  Linear velocity shall be as indicated below:</TXT><BRK/>
<MET><TBL><THD><BRK/>
  Type of Bucket Elevator       Linear Velocity (meters per second)<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
    Centrifugal discharge                      1.1-1.6<BRK/>
    Continuous bucket                      0.508-0.686<BRK/>
    Positive discharge                       0.610 Max<BRK/></TBL>
</MET><ENG><TBL><THD><BRK/>
  Type of Bucket Elevator               Linear Velocity (fpm)<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
    Centrifugal discharge                      225-305<BRK/>
    Continuous bucket                          100-135<BRK/>
    Positive discharge                         120 Max<BRK/></TBL>
</ENG><BRK/>
<TXT>The head shaft and foot shaft shall be constructed of cold-rolled steel with the shaft diameters in accordance 
with manufacturers' standards.  Both shafts shall be mounted in roller bearings with forced-type lubricating 
fittings.  Foot shaft shall have screw take-up with adjustment of not less than<MET> 225 mm</MET><ENG> 9 inches</ENG>.  An automatic 
backstop shall be installed on the head shaft to prevent any backward motion of the chain.  Boot plates [, loading 
legs of continuous bucket elevator,] and bottom plate of stub discharge chute shall be<MET> 4.8 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> thick, 
minimum.  All other flat casing members shall be<MET> 2.657 mm</MET><ENG> 12 gauge</ENG> steel thick, minimum.  Corner angles and stiffeners 
shall be provided to make the elevator self-supporting.  In addition, the elevator shall be tied to the adjoining 
structure at close enough spacing to increase the rigidity of the elevator.  The boot section shall be provided 
with clean-out doors, as well as front and back removable panels.  An inspection door large enough to remove 
a bucket from either run of the chain shall be provided in the intermediate section at operating level.  The 
elevator shall be driven by an electric motor installed in a suitable housing at the top of the flight.  Motors 
shall be [totally enclosed, nonventilated] [totally enclosed, fan-cooled type] [totally enclosed, fan-cooled 
type suitable for installation in a Class II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>
].  [Motor starter shall be [manual] [[magnetic] [across-the-line] [reduced voltage start]] type with [general-purpose] 
[weather resistant] [water-tight] [dust-tight] [explosion-proof] enclosure.]  A platform shall be installed adjacent 
to the motor for servicing the motor and equipment mounted in the hood.  Access to the platform shall be by an 
approved type of safety ladder.  Controls for the operation of the elevator shall be located as indicated.  Dust 
control covers and inlet and discharge enclosures shall be provided for each conveyor.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.5   Vibrating Conveyor</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Vibrating conveyor shall be the electric-motor driven mechanical vibrating type with a capacity of [_____]<MET> metric 
tons/hour</MET><ENG> tons/hour</ENG> when handling coal weighing approximately<MET> 800 kg/cubic meter</MET><ENG> 50 pcf</ENG> and with maximum lump 
size of [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in diameter.  Conveyor shall have a conveying length as shown.  The conveyor trough 
shall be fabricated of [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> gauge</ENG> steel, [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in width and [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> deep [and provided 
with dust-tight cover].  Conveyor pans of<MET> 9.5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick, Type 304L solid stainless steel plate shall 
be provided.  The trough shall be mounted on vibrator bars, torsion bars, or coil springs attached to yoker legs 
of rigid cross brace construction and fabricated of corrosion-resistant material with hardened steel encased 
rubber bushings at articulation points.  The base shall be fabricated of steel channels or angles bolted directly 
to [building support] [concrete foundations].  The drive shall be through an eccentric shaft supported by a double 
row of self-aligning ball-or roller-bearing pillow blocks.  Positive action motion shall be imparted to the trough 
by a cast steel connecting rod attached to the trough by rubber-bushed wristpin and securely locked by taper 
lock bushings.  The conveyor shall be driven by a [totally enclosed, nonventilated type] [totally enclosed, fan-cooled 
type suitable for installation in Class II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>
] electric motor connected to the eccentric shaft by V-belt drive.  [The motor starter shall be [manual] [[magnetic] 
[across-the-line] [reduced voltage start]] type with [general-purpose] [weather-resistant] [water-tight] [dust-tight] 
[explosion-proof] enclosure.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.6   Gravimetric Weigh Feeder</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The weigh feeder shall be a metering belt type device designed to operate at a variable rate ranging from 10 
percent of maximum capacity to [_____]<MET> metric tons/hour</MET><ENG> tons/hour</ENG>.  Flow rate shall be automatic.  A silicon-controlled, 
rectifier dc drive shall automatically adjust the belt speed to maintain the rate of material flow, as set on 
the controller.  The weigh feeders shall meet or exceed the requirements of <RID>NIST HB 44</RID> [Southern] [Eastern] [Western] 
Weighing and Inspection Bureau.  They shall have an accuracy of 1/2 of 1 percent of flow rates over their total 
variable rated capacity.  The feeder shall be provided with a flexible boot for connecting the gate to the feeder 
inlet chute, which in turn shall be flared to produce a feed opening tapering from [_____] wide to [_____] wide 
with the direction of flow of material.  The belts for feeders shall meet <RID>RMA IP-1</RID> requirements, conforming to 
the Conveyor and Elevator Belt Handbook, fire-resistant type conforming to the standards of Part 18.65, of the <RID>
30 CFR 1</RID>.  Top belt cover thickness shall be<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> with bottom cover<MET> 3.2 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> thick.  Belt edges 
shall have minimum<MET> 25 mm</MET><ENG> 1 inch</ENG> flanges and shall be sealed by carrying the cover around the carcass edges during 
manufacture.  Cover and skim coat material shall be comparable to those meeting the requirements of the <RID>RMA IP-1</RID>
 for impact and abrasion resistance.  The weight sensor shall be a heavy-duty, industrial, electronic force transducer 
flexure-mounted to the force collection system.  Each sensor shall have a remote indicating meter and a six-digit 
totalizing counter located, installed, and connected in the boiler control panel.  Unit frame shall provide rigid 
support for the material load, belt, and idlers.  The unit shall be shop assembled complete with drive and all 
appurtenances, and shall be dust-tight in operation.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.7   Track Hoppers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Track hoppers shall be standard double hopper design with a belt or vibrating-type feeder as indicated.  The 
hoppers shall have a capacity of approximately [_____]<MET> metric tons</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> and shall be constructed of not less 
than<MET> 9.5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick, Type 304L stainless steel plates, with slopes of not less than 55 degrees, and shall 
be stiffened with angles.  The hoppers may also be of <RID>ASTM A 36/A 36M</RID> mild steel, minimum<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick 
with replaceable liners<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick, <RID>ASTM A 167</RID>, Type 304L stainless steel.  All rivets and field bolts 
inside the hopper shall have flat heads.  The hopper shall be suspended from the track girders by heavy bolts 
and cast washers, or the sides shall be carried to the bottom of the track and supported by flanges fastened 
to concrete ledge continuously around the hopper with the concrete forming the top portion of hopper sides.  
Track girders shall consist of wide flange beams conforming to the <RID>AREMA Eng Man</RID> for loading plus impact.  They 
shall be complete with bearing plates, WF cross struts, and rail clips.  Top of hopper shall be fitted with properly 
sized sections of grating made with steel bars sized [_____] by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>, and cross rods [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> 
inches</ENG> in diameter, to form openings [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> square.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.7.1   Hopper Gates</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>A rack-and-pinion gate shall be provided at each hopper outlet and shall be a self-cleaning type.  [Hand-] [Motor-] 
operated sliding plate shall be<MET> 9.5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick carbon steel, formed into the shape of a winged U.  The 
gate plate surface shall be completely protected by an overlapping liner of<MET> 3.2 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> thick <RID>ASTM A 167</RID>, 
Type 304 stainless steel.  The gate body material, except for the dust cover, shall be of<MET> 4.5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> thick <RID>
ASTM A 167</RID>, Type 304L stainless steel where in contact with coal flow.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.7.2   Hopper Feeders</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The vibrating or belt feeders of manufacturer's standard design shall be provided for the service required.  
Motor shall be [totally enclosed, nonventilated] [totally enclosed, fan-cooled type] [totally enclosed, fan-cooled 
type suitable for installation in a Class II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>
].  [Motor starter shall be [manual] [[magnetic] [across-the-line] [reduced voltage start]] type with [weather-resistant] 
[dust-tight] [explosion-proof] enclosure.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.30.8   Truck Hoppers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Truck hoppers shall be of standard double hopper design with a belt or vibrating type feeder as indicated.  The 
hoppers shall have a capacity of approximately [_____]<MET> metric tons</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> and shall be constructed of<MET> 9.5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 
inch</ENG> thick Type 304L stainless steel plates, minimum, with slopes of at least 55 degrees, and shall be stiffened 
with<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> angles, minimum.  The hopper may also be of <RID>ASTM A 36/A 36M</RID> mild steel, minimum<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 
inch</ENG> thick, with replaceable liners<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick, <RID>ASTM A 167</RID>, Type 304L stainless steel.  Rivets and 
field bolts inside the hopper shall be flat-head type.  The hopper shall be supported by a flange fastened to 
the concrete ledge continuously around the hopper, with the concrete forming the top portion of hopper sides.  
Top of hopper shall be fitted with properly sized section of bar grating made with [_____] by [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG>
 mild steel bars and [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> diameter cross rods to form openings [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> square.  A supporting 
beam not less than [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> deep, [_____]<MET> kg/meter</MET><ENG> pounds/foot</ENG>, in a wide flange member, shall be provided 
under the grating.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.8.1   Hopper Gates</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>A rack-and-pinion gate shall be provided at each hopper outlet and shall be a self-cleaning type.  [Hand-] [Motor-] 
operated sliding plate shall be<MET> 9.5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> thick carbon steel, formed into the shape of a winged U.  The 
gate plate surface shall be completely protected by an overlapping liner of<MET> 3.2 mm</MET><ENG> 1/8 inch</ENG> thick <RID>ASTM A 167</RID>, 
Type 304 stainless steel.  The gate body material, except for the dust cover, shall be of<MET> 4.5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/16 inch</ENG> thick <RID>
ASTM A 167</RID>, Type 304L stainless steel where in contact with coal flow.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.8.2   Hopper Feeders</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The vibrating or belt feeders, complete with control of manufacturer's standard design for the service required, 
shall be provided.  Motor shall be [totally enclosed, nonventilated] [totally enclosed, fan-cooled] [totally 
enclosed, fan-cooled type, suitable for installation in a Class II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in 
accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>].  [Motor starter shall be [manual] [[magnetic] [across-the-line] [reduced voltage start]] 
type with [weather-resistant] [dust-tight] [explosion-proof] enclosure.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.30.9   Vibrator</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Vibrator shall be electromagnetic type with variable power control that produces mechanical pulsating motion.  
The net weight of the vibrator shall be [_____]<MET> kg</MET><ENG> pounds</ENG> and power input shall be [_____] watts, [_____] amperes 
at [_____] volts ac.  Vibrator shall provide 3600 vibrations per minute or 7200 vibrations for heavy duty applications.  
The vibrator shall be semi-noiseless and shall be provided with mounting plates for welding to hoppers, as indicated, 
each complete with an eye bolt for attaching a safety chain.  The electric control suitable for separate wall 
mounting shall be complete with an electronic valve for changing alternating current to mechanical pulsating 
waves and a dial switch or rheostat to vary the power of vibration.  Vibrators shall be provided with Division 
I, Class II, Group F rating in the areas where coal dust is present, in accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.10   Car Heaters</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer shall determine if electrical facilities are sufficient 
to provide the power requirements of electric car heaters or if gas-fired heaters 
must be used.  The designer will determine if the location and climatic conditions 
will require sidecar panels or undercar heaters, or a combination of both types 
of heaters.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.10.1   Gas-Fired Heaters</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Gas-fired heaters shall be the infrared radiant type and shall be located between rails and along the walls of 
the shed.  Heater shall have an input of approximately<MET> 90 kW</MET><ENG> 300,000 Btuh</ENG>.  Heater shall have perforated, heavy-gauge 
stainless steel cover that is not affected by water or coal falling from the car.  Burner shall have windproof 
pilot, main gas solenoid valve, and safety switch to interrupt gas supply to burner if pilot is not burning, 
and shall be furnished with manual cutoff valves and pressure regulator.  Heater shall be supplied with electric 
blower for furnishing combustion air to the burner and with all other controls and accessories as recommended 
by the heater manufacturer for a complete installation, and shall comply with <RID>CSA/AM Z83.19</RID> and <RID>UL 795</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.10.2   Electric Infrared Radiant Heaters</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Electric infrared radiant heaters shall be weatherproof car thawing equipment with radiating surfaces of alloy 
tubing enclosing electrically insulated conductors.  The equipment shall be in modular lengths suitable for both<MET>
 45 and 90 metric tons</MET><ENG> 50 and 100 tons</ENG> capacity cars and shall be designed for [manual] [automatic] disconnection 
of units not required during thawing operations.  Car heaters shall include sidecar or undercar heating banks, 
or both, capable of operating as independent units designed for maintaining a balanced three-phase distribution 
system.  Heaters shall have heating conductor units, including factory assembled connections for attachment to 
water-tight terminal boxes, supported on corrosion-resistant metal framing and shall have rust-resistant steel 
reflectors with an approved coating.  Heaters and connections shall be wired using NEMA 4 enclosures, in accordance 
with <RID>NEMA ICS 1</RID>, suitable for cleaning by hosing down with water.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.30.11   Coal Spouts, Chutes, Inlet Boxes, and Outlet Hoppers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Coal spouts, chutes, inlet boxes, and outlet hoppers shall be constructed of <RID>ASTM A 36/A 36M</RID> steel members not 
lighter than<MET> 3.416 mm</MET><ENG> 10 gauge</ENG>, adequately reinforced and braced with angle frames, and with all joints dust 
tight.  Slopes shall be as steep as possible, but not less than 55 degrees off horizontal.  Liners shall be stainless 
steel or ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene (UHMWP).  If UHMWP liners are used, each side of chute at each 
floor level shall be provided with a warning sign "DANGER DO NOT WELD - FLAMMABLE PLASTIC LINER."  Impact liners 
shall also be used.  Access openings and inspection openings with cover plates shall be provided as indicated 
and required.  [Silo frames shall be constructed of heavy channel frames the full size of the silo opening and 
shall be provided with concealed steam pipe and coil around opening.]  [Outlet hoppers shall be provided with 
rack-and-pinion type gates and shall be lined with austenitic stainless steel [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> thick, conforming 
to <RID>ASTM A 167</RID>, Type 304L].  Rack-and-pinion gates shall be of the type specified for track hoppers.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.12   Car Spotter</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Car spotter shall be electric-motor driven having a capstan mounted vertically on a rigid housing that completely 
encloses the gears.  The gears shall include helical gears and worm gear; the helical gears shall be fabricated 
of high grade steel accurately finished and splash-lubricated, and the worm gear shall be fabricated of bronze.  
All of the mechanism shall be mounted on a steel base rigidly welded to maintain alignment.  The unit shall be 
coupled to, and driven by, a separate, [_____]<MET> W</MET><ENG> hp</ENG>, totally enclosed, nonventilated, hoist-type motor with a 
full-load speed of 1720 rpm.  The coupling shall be roller-chain flexible type enclosed in a revolving casing 
and protected by a heavy steel guard.  The unit shall have a starting pull of<MET> 22 kN</MET><ENG> 5000 pounds</ENG>, a running pull 
of<MET> 11 kN</MET><ENG> 2500 pounds</ENG>, and an average rope speed not in excess of<MET> 230 mm/sec</MET><ENG> 45 fpm</ENG>.  The unit shall be complete 
with [_____]<MET> m</MET><ENG> feet</ENG> of [<MET>32 mm</MET><ENG> 1-1/4 inch</ENG> diameter manila rope with a breaking strength of<MET> 60 kN</MET><ENG> 13,500 pounds</ENG>
, minimum,] [<MET>19 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> diameter marline-covered standard steel wire rope with a breaking strength of<MET> 170 
kN</MET><ENG> 37,600 pounds</ENG>, minimum,] and a steel car pulling hook with an allowable rope pull of<MET> 45 kN</MET><ENG> 10,000 pounds</ENG>, 
so fabricated as to be readily attachable to, and removable from, the car frames.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.13   Coal Bunkers</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Suspension coal bunkers of size and capacity indicated shall be constructed of <RID>ASTM A 36/A 36M</RID> steel plate reinforced 
and braced as required and installed dust-tight.  Bunkers shall be provided of a design optimized for coal flow, 
not susceptible to rat-holing or hangups.  Cylindrical or silo type bunkers to reduce stagnation shall be provided 
for each boiler, each with conical discharge hoppers and slopes not less than 70 degrees.  The outlet cone shall 
be manufactured of, or lined with, <RID>ASTM A 167</RID>, Type 304 stainless steel.  Bunkers shall be provided with rack 
and pinion type coal shutoff valves, self-cleaning, and dust tight.  Valve materials exposed to flowing-coal 
shall be of corrosion resistant steel.  An emergency diverter shall be provided for emptying the bunker.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.14   Coal Storage Silos</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.14.1   Silo Design</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Silo walls may be slip-formed, cast-in-place reinforced concrete, precast concrete, or other approved construction 
materials.  Concrete shall have a 28-day compressive strength in accordance with Section <SRF>03 31 00.00 10</SRF> CAST-IN-PLACE 
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE.  Silo roof shall be reinforced concrete complete with<MET> 600 mm</MET><ENG> 24 inch</ENG> square, weatherproof, 
hinged access door.  Handrail and steel toe-board shall be provided all around the roof of the silo.  Live storage 
shelf for the silo shall be reinforced concrete, sloped not less than 60 degrees from horizontal and supported 
by steel beams corbelled from the inside walls of the silo.  Live storage outlet hopper to chute and feeders 
shall be built of not lighter than<MET> 9.5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> steel.  Silo reserve storage floor shall be reinforced concrete, 
sloped not less than 60 degrees and laid on well-tamped fill material.  Reclaim outlet hopper to the chute feeding 
the flight feeder shall be built of not lighter than<MET> 9.5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG> steel.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.14.2   Silo Interior Finish</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>In a concrete stave silo, the interior finish shall consist of a three-coat concrete parget.  A brush coat, scratch 
coat, and a finish trowel coat shall be applied, one after the other, to produce a smooth monolithic finish.  
The parget shall be worked into the vertical and horizontal grooves to permanently interlock the concrete staves.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.14.3   Silo Exterior Finish</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The exteriors of stave and concrete silos shall be covered with a brush coat of gray cement.  This coating shall 
be applied over all hoops, lugs, and staves to produce a homogeneous finish.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.14.4   Silo Level Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>A normal high-level and emergency high-level control switch shall be mounted at the top of the silo to shut off 
the feeding system when the silo is full of coal.  A low-level switch shall be furnished at the low level of 
the silo's live storage shelf, as indicated, to signal by light that coal is at a low level in the live storage 
compartment.  Switches shall also be furnished near the bottom of the silo, as indicated, to signal by light 
that coal is at a low level in the reserve storage compartment.  Switches shall be for Class II, Division 1, 
Group F hazardous location in accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.30.15   Coal Crusher</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  The designer shall select the appropriate type of crusher based on the 
throughput requirements and an economic analysis.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Coal crusher shall be [roll crusher][hammermill][granulator][impactor] designed to reduce run-of-mine or lump 
coal to a maximum lump size of [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG>.  Crusher shall have a minimum capacity of [_____]<MET> metric tons/hour</MET><ENG>
 tons/hour</ENG> when handling average size bituminous coal.  Housings shall be made of heavy castings or welded heavy 
steel plate.  Interior of the housing shall have replaceable liners, constructed of abrasion resistant steel.  
Breaker plate, grates, rolling rings, swing hammers, and other parts of the unit subject to excessive wearing 
shall be replaceable.  Crusher shall have provisions to trap and reject hard foreign objects without damaging 
the crusher.  Shafts shall be forged, heat-treated alloy steel with bearings mounted in dust-tight housings.  
Motor shall be [totally enclosed, nonventilated type][totally enclosed, fan-cooled type][totally enclosed, fan-cooled 
type suitable for installation in a Class II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>
].  [Motor starter shall be [manual][[magnetic][across-the-line][reduced voltage start]] type with [general-purpose][weather-resistant][water-tight] 
[dust-tight][explosion-proof] enclosure.]  Integral size motors shall be the premium efficiency type in accordance 
with <RID>NEMA MG 1</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.16   Vibrating Feeders</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Vibrating feeders shall be the [electromagnetic][electromechanical] [single input (Brute Force)] type with a 
capacity of 0 to [_____]<MET> metric tons/hour</MET><ENG>tons/hour</ENG> when handling coal weighing approximately<MET> 800 kg/cubic meter</MET><ENG>
 50 pcf</ENG> and with maximum lump size of [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in diameter.  Feeder pans and skirts shall be replaceable<MET>
 [6.4][9.5][12.7] mm</MET><ENG> [1/4][3/8][1/2] inch</ENG> thick, Type 304 solid stainless steel plate without liners.  The feeder 
pan shall be fabricated [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in width, [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> in length and [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> deep.  
Dust control covers of<MET> 3.416 mm</MET><ENG> No. 10 gauge</ENG> thick steel shall be provided for each unit.  [Two][Four] rectangular 
poke holes ([one][two] each side) shall be provided with<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick No. 304 stainless steel sliding 
covers.  All feeder parts coming in contact with coal shall be made of, or lined with, Type 304 stainless steel.  
All feeders shall automatically compensate for material headloads and weight effect to maintain a constant feed 
and must not damper out when operating under full silos or bins.  Slopes on pan shall not exceed 10 degrees.  
The vibratory feeders shall be [foot][suspension] mounted and shall be completed with supports.  Suspended feeders 
shall be provided with safety cables.  The feeders shall have their drives located [above][below] trough.  The 
motors shall be [totally enclosed, nonventilated type][totally enclosed, fan-cooled type suitable for installation 
in Class II, Division I, Group F hazardous location in accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>].  Integral size motors shall 
be the premium efficiency type in accordance with <RID>NEMA MG 1</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.17   Tripper</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The tripper shall be of steel construction, motor-propelled, automatically reversible, or manually controlled.  
It shall be equipped with antifriction bearings throughout, rolled or forged steel wheels, hand-operated rail 
clamps for optional operation in a fixed location, scraper, and crossover walk with handrail.  The traversing 
speed shall not exceed<MET> 127 mm/sec</MET><ENG> 25 fpm</ENG>, and the motor shall include a motor brake.  The chute shall be one 
way toward the center of the silo and shall slope at not less than 55 degrees.  Its seal shall be provided with 
all necessary components for installation to suit the bunker/silo slot.  Seal shall be of the plow type.  The 
tripper shall be provided with [_____]<MET> W</MET><ENG> hp</ENG> motor, all reversing and end travel limit switches, cable reel, and 
14 No. 12 AWG conductor cable (13 slip rings) and supports for the starter.  Two pushbutton stations shall be 
mounted, one on each side of the tripper.  Both stations shall include forward-reverse and tripper stop-run pushbuttons.  
The conveyor frame shall include a ladder type cable tray to contain the cable from the reel.  Reversing switches 
shall be mounted on the tripper and be actuated by track dogs to permit reversal of the tripper over each extreme 
silo.  Limit switches shall be mounted on the tripper to operate immediately beyond both extreme limits of tripper 
reversal.  A plugged chute switch shall also be furnished.  All tripper controls, including limit switches and 
reversing switches shall be furnished in explosion-proof enclosures approved for Class II, Division 1, Group 
F service, in accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>.  The complete tripper shall also include pulley assemblies, shafts, bearings, 
carrying and return idlers, tripper framing, and supports.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.18   Trackmobile</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Trackmobile shall be provided with a [_____]<MET> liter</MET><ENG> cubic inch</ENG> industrial gasoline engine for moving/switching 
[_____] rail cars on the track and hauling carts and other portable vehicles while traveling on its road wheels.  
The trackmobile shall be designed to ride on [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> gauge track.  Rail wheels shall be heat treated, 
cast steel, keyed on tapered axles, solidly mounted suspension system.  Road wheels shall be, heavy duty, [_____] 
ply, [_____] by [_____] tires, roller-bearing mounted wheels, with retractable suspension.  The coupler shall 
be heavy-duty, cast steel, remotely controlled from cab.  Maximum speed shall be provided on rail<MET> km/hour</MET><ENG> mph</ENG>
 low [_____], high [_____]; on road, low [_____], high [_____].  The trackmobile shall be able to operate on 
a maximum grade of [_____] percent and minimum curve of [_____]<MET> m</MET><ENG> foot</ENG> radius.  Trackmobile shall be also equipped 
with [air brakes] [self-energizing drum and shoe type, hydraulic service], cab heater and defroster, sanders, 
[electric horn] [air horn] strobe light, front and rear lights, backup alarm, [enclosed cab] [open cab] with 
windshield wipers [, radio remote control,] and power steering.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.30.19   En-Masse Chain Conveyors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>These conveyors shall move materials horizontally and/or vertically, with multiple discharge points and in a 
dust-tight and completely enclosed unit.  Conveyors shall have a length as shown but not to exceed<MET> 75 m</MET><ENG> 250 feet</ENG>
.  Conveyor capacity shall be [_____]<MET> metric tons/hour</MET><ENG> tons/hour</ENG> when handling coal with approximate weight of<MET>
 800 kg/cubic meter</MET><ENG> 50 pcf</ENG> and with maximum lump size of [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inches</ENG> diameter.  Maximum capacity shall 
be based on a chain speed not to exceed<MET> 813 mm/second</MET><ENG> 160 fpm</ENG>.  Chain shall be drop-forged, case hardened, steel 
alloy of the single-strand type with flights welded to the chain links or integral chain and flights type.  The 
hardness of the links shall be 500-600 BHN.  The conveyor casing shall be dust tight and shall be of<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 
inch</ENG> thick <RID>ASTM A 242/A 242M</RID> high strength, low alloy steel with<MET> 3.416 mm</MET><ENG> No. 10 gauge</ENG> cover of the same material.  
The casing shall be provided with T-1 steel (<RID>ASTM A 514/A 514M</RID> Type B) removable liners.  The liners shall be<MET>
 19 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> thick on the bottom and<MET> 13 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> thick on the sides, <MET>19 mm</MET><ENG> 3/4 inch</ENG> T-1 steel wear bars 
shall be provided for the empty run of the conveyor.  Liners and wear bars shall be attached to the casing using 
countersunk stainless steel bolts with stainless steel nuts and washers.  Drive sprocket shall be heat treated, 
induction hardened to a minimum depth of<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG>.  Drive shaft shall be heat treated, designed, and sized 
based on <MET><RID>AGMA 6113</RID></MET><ENG><RID>AGMA 6013</RID></ENG> requirements.  Bearings shall be spherical double roller bearings.  A dust seal shall 
be provided where the drive shaft ends go through the casing.  The conveyor shall have inlet and outlet spouts, 
inspection doors giving access to the drive sprocket, cleaner, and wear surfaces.  Chain tension is achieved 
by a screw take-up.  Each discharge opening shall be provided with rack-and-pinion-operated gates with [hand 
wheels][motor operated][air operated].  Motor shall drive conveyor through a speed reduction unit which is either 
direct connected or roller chain connected to the drive shaft.  Motor shall be [totally enclosed, nonventilated 
type][totally enclosed, fan cooled type][totally enclosed, fan-cooled type suitable for installation in a Class 
II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in accordance with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>].  [Motor starter shall be [manual] [[magnetic] 
[across-the-line] [reduced voltage start]] type with [general-purpose][weather resistant] [water-tight][dust-tight][explosion-proof] 
enclosure.]  Conveyor frame shall be constructed essentially as indicated, with support and additional bracing 
as required for rigidity.  Integral size motors shall be the premium efficiency type in accordance with <RID>NEMA MG 1</RID>
.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.31   ASH HANDLING SYSTEM</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.31.1   Boiler Room Ash Handling System</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  When specifying boilers with capacity of 4.1 MW (14,000,000 Btuh) per 
boiler or less, this paragraph and subsequent paragraphs will be deleted, except 
applicable portions.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The ash handling system shall be the dry pneumatic type in stoker fired boilers.  This system shall gather ash 
from the boiler forward ash discharge grate hopper and from [economizer] [air preheater] ash discharge hopper 
and other filtration systems and shall discharge to the ash storage silo located outside of the building.  The 
entire system shall be coordinated to fit the equipment supplied.  Ash dust control conditioners shall be used 
to reduce fugitive dust emissions during discharge of ash from the storage silo.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>2.31.1.1   Ash Hopper</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Ash removal hopper for each boiler shall be constructed of<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG> thick steel plate, minimum, with suitable 
external structural steel supports for connection to boiler ash hopper and necessary internal anchors for holding 
refractory lining in place.  Refractory lining shall be<MET> 225 mm</MET><ENG> 9 inches</ENG> thick on vertical walls and<MET> 150 mm</MET><ENG> 6 
inches</ENG> thick on feed plates.  Each hopper shall be furnished with a sliding ash gate.  Each boiler sliding gate 
unit shall be provided with an access compartment to allow gathering and cooling of ash.  A cast-iron grate shall 
be provided along with a manually-operated air-tight inlet valve for feeding ash into the pneumatic gathering 
line.  A hinged, steel access gate shall be provided at each compartment.  Spring loaded air intakes shall be 
provided at the end of each header.  The structural integrity of the hopper shall be based on the ash weight 
of<MET> 1120 kg/cubic meter</MET><ENG> 70 pcf</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.31.1.2   Clinker Grinder</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Delete this paragraph if coal analysis indicates no possibility of slag 
formation.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Clinker grinder unit shall be provided with [_____]<MET> mm</MET><ENG> inch</ENG> wide double roll for each hopper outlet gate housing.  
The grinders shall have manganese steel rolls and cast-iron housings with grinder shafts mounted on outboard 
bearings protected by a stuffing box and gland assembly.  Grinder shafts shall pass through stuffing boxes equipped 
with packing rings and lantern rings for seal water flow.  Clinker grinder shall be provided with a reversing 
mechanism to reverse direction of the grinder rolls should an obstruction stall the grinder.  A<MET> 9.5 mm</MET><ENG> 3/8 inch</ENG>
 steel plate ejector feed hopper shall be furnished below each clinker grinder to feed the inlet of the pneumatic 
ash gathering system.  Fixed passages in the clinker grinders shall prevent discharge of particles too large 
to be handled by the pneumatic conveying system.  Each clinker grinder shall be driven by a totally enclosed 
type motor and shall be provided with a reversing starter, pressure switch for seal water control, diaphragm-operated 
seal water valve, and a solenoid valve.  Units shall be designed for the characteristics of the coal specified 
and shall be capable of handling bottom ash at a rate exceeding the conveying system capacity.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.31.1.3   Conveyor Piping</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Conveyor pipe and fittings shall be made of an abrasive-resisting alloy metal cast by the sand-spun process, 
having a minimum Brinell hardness of 280.  Wall thickness shall not be less than<MET> 13 mm</MET><ENG> 1/2 inch</ENG> and pipe lengths 
shall not exceed<MET> 5.5 m</MET><ENG> 18 feet</ENG>.  Joints shall be made with flanges or sleeve pipe couplings and shall be airtight.  
Fittings shall have a Brinell hardness number of approximately 400 and shall be provided with removable wearbacks, 
where applicable, or shall be of the integral wearback type.  Ash inlet fittings shall be designed so that the 
ash cannot overload or clog the conveyor pipeline.  Suitable adjustable supports or hangers shall be provided.  
Vacuum hose connections shall be provided as indicated.  Provide<MET> 4.6 meters</MET><ENG> 15 foot</ENG> lengths of vacuum hose with 
quick connectors and four floor sweep-up nozzles.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.31.1.4   Vacuum and Combination Vacuum/Pressure Systems</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Vacuum System:  The ash conveying equipment shall be pneumatic suction type, complete with vacuum 
pumps and all component parts necessary for complete and successful operation.  The ash conveying equipment 
shall be sized approximately twice the predicted accumulation rate.  The system shall have the capacity 
to convey and empty not less than [_____]<MET> metric tons/hour</MET><ENG> tons/hour</ENG> of ash weighing approximately [_____]<MET>
 kg/cubic meter</MET><ENG> pcf</ENG>.  The tonnage shall be based on average handling rate and not on the instantaneous 
rate.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Combination Vacuum/Pressure Systems:  Vacuum/pressure equipment shall be commercially produced for 
this particular type of service and shall include a pressure vessel equipped with a filter section at 
the top and an aeration ring at the bottom.  Material shall be drawn into the unit by vacuum, with the 
air separated from the material in the top filter section and exhausted through a silencer.  A high level 
indicator within the vessel shall then reverse the action of the vacuum/pressure pump by aspirating air 
through a silencer and filter unit and discharging the pressurized air into the vessel.  Part of the 
air shall be utilized to clean the filter and part of the air shall pass through the aeration ring of 
the vessel to pick up material and convey it under pressure to the storage silo.  The unit shall be furnished 
complete with all automatic air control valves to control air flow to and from the vessel continuously 
through the two modes of the operating cycle.  Unit operation shall continue automatically until switched 
off at the control cabinet.  All automatic valves, interconnecting piping, and the vacuum/pressure vessel 
shall be skid-mounted.  Vacuum/pressure pump shall be mounted separately.  The control cabinet may be 
mounted separately or skid-mounted on the vacuum/pressure vessel skid.  Capacity of the unit shall be 
approximately [_____]<MET> metric tons/hour</MET><ENG> tons/hour</ENG> of ash weighing approximately [_____]<MET> kg/cubic meter</MET><ENG>
 pcf</ENG>.  Piping sizes for ash collection system shall be designed to fit the unit supplied.  The vacuum/pressure 
system shall be used where storage silo is more than<MET> 150 m</MET><ENG> 500 feet</ENG> from the boiler plant.  A vacuum 
system should be used for capacities of less than<MET> 45 metric tons/hour</MET><ENG> 50 tons/hour</ENG> per system.</LST><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Where characteristics of the fly ash require additional treatment, a 
water spray shall be incorporated in the filtering unit.  If not required, the 
portion included in the brackets shall be deleted.  Air discharged to the atmosphere 
must meet the local air pollution standards.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Pump Unit:  Vacuum or vacuum/pressure pump unit shall be sized to match system design requirements.  
Pump unit shall be liquid-ring type having round rotor with curved blades rotating in an elliptical casing.  
Water alternately entering and leaving the chambers within the rotor vanes shall provide the required 
pumping action.  Water within the casing shall act as an air cleansing agent and the operation and maintenance 
of the unit shall not be affected by dust-laden air.  Unit shall be base-mounted with electric motor 
drive and all required heat exchangers, separators, and control valves.  The vacuum pump inlet piping 
shall be provided with a vacuum filter unit to remove the fly ash obtained from the economizer ash hopper.  
The filter unit shall include a metal housing containing filter bags and an automatic air purge back-washing 
system.[  A water spray shall be incorporated into the filtering unit.]  The filtering unit shall remove 
all fly ash before discharge to the atmosphere.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.  Control Cabinet:  Control cabinet for the complete operation of the system shall be supplied and 
shall include all running indicating lights as required.  A push-button switch shall be conveniently 
located in the boiler house to start and stop the system.  A vacuum breaker, operating automatically 
from a timer, shall be provided in the bottom ash conveyor line to break the system vacuum.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>e.  Controls:  Controls for a combination vacuum/pressure system shall have a selector switch set to 
automatic position to start the unit in the vacuum cycle.  High-level indicator in vacuum/pressure vessel 
shall actuate necessary controls to cut off the vacuum gathering system and pressurize the vessel for 
pressure discharge of collected material.  A low-pressure switch in the control panel shall sense the 
pressure drop in conveying pressure and shall return the unit to vacuum operation.  The unit shall operate 
continuously in this manner until manually shut down.  Setting selector switch in manual position shall 
shut the unit down after filling.  Discharge shall then be accomplished by pressing the manual discharge 
button.  A high vacuum switch with time delay shall be provided to shut the system down automatically 
in the event none of the inlet valves are actuated.  Switches and controls shall be heavy-duty type in 
accordance with <RID>NEMA ICS 1</RID>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>f.  Automatic Air Valve:  Automatic air valve shall be provided at economizer or air preheater ash inlet 
hopper discharge slide gate to allow air into system without causing a vacuum within the boiler ash hopper.  
Slide gate shall be provided as part of the ash system and shall be manually-operated and interlocked 
to actuate the automatic air inlet valve.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.31.1.5   Ash Silo</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The ash storage silo shall have a capacity of not less than [_____]<MET> metric tons</MET><ENG> tons</ENG> of ash and fly ash considered 
to have an average weight of [_____]<MET> kg/cubic meter</MET><ENG> pcf</ENG>.  This capacity shall be based on a minimum of 24 hours[ 
60 hours if ash cannot be removed on weekends].  The silo shall be made of welded steel with a cone bottom for 
truck filling and shall be supported on a structural steel tower.  All elements exposed to the exterior shall 
be designed for wind loads of [_____]<MET> kg/square meter</MET><ENG> psf</ENG>.  A<MET> 4.3 m</MET><ENG> 14 foot</ENG> clearance shall be provided under 
the hopper outlet fitting or appurtenance.  Silo shall be provided with steel ladder and safety cage from the 
ground level to roof, steel ladder inside storage bin, and an angle railing around the roof perimeter.  Minimum 
plate thickness shall be<MET> 6.4 mm</MET><ENG> 1/4 inch</ENG>.  Silo shall be complete with all accessories required for an operable 
installation including, but not limited to, high ash level detector, roof manhole, pressure and relief valve, 
and other roof openings, as necessary.  Interior coating shall be coal-tar epoxy conforming to <RID>SSPC Paint 16</RID>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Ash storage silo for vacuum system shall be provided with two stage separators[ and a tertiary bag 
filter].  The primary receiver shall be cylindrical and shall be constructed entirely of sectional steel 
or cast plates suitable for this special service.  The receiver shall be not less than <MET>900 mm </MET><ENG>3 feet</ENG> 
in diameter.  Flanges and bolts shall be on the outside, and the impact of ash shall be directed against 
heavy iron wear plates of abrasive-resistant alloy.  The receiver shall be provided with an air-tight 
discharge passage not less than <MET>450 mm </MET><ENG>18 inches</ENG> in diameter for free flow of clinkers.  The receiver 
shall have means for positive, periodic, and automatic operation in dumping its entire contents into 
the silo; in addition, the system shall be so designed that all suction is positively shut off from the 
receiver during its dumping period so that no dust can be sucked out through the exhaust while the discharge 
of the receiver is open or opening.  The air from the primary receiver shall enter an external secondary 
separator which shall remove 90 percent of the dust not collected by the primary receiver.  The combined 
efficiency of the primary and external secondary separators[ and tertiary bag filter] shall be not less 
than 98 percent.  The secondary separator shall be similar to the primary receiver in construction, but 
may be smaller and of lighter material.  No part of the discharger shall extend into the main storage 
bin.  A housing constructed of <MET>6.2 mm </MET><ENG>1/4 inch</ENG> steel plate with a tight-closing access door shall be 
provided as an enclosure for the discharger.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  The silo vent filter unit shall be mounted on top of the silo and shall act as an air release unit 
to separate the air from the ash.  The ash shall drop into the silo.  Back cleaning of the bag filters 
shall be automatic, utilizing plant air at approximately <MET>690 to 860 kPa </MET><ENG>100 to 125 psig</ENG>.  Back cleaning 
unit shall be actuated whenever the ash handling system is in use.  Dust released from the filter bags 
in the back cleaning operation shall fall into the storage silo.  Housing shall be provided to allow 
the unit to operate exposed to the weather in ambient temperatures ranging from <MET>minus 40 to plus 55 degrees 
C </MET><ENG>minus 40 to plus 130 degrees F</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  A rotary, dustless unloader shall be provided to eliminate all dust in unloading ash and dust from 
the ash storage silo.  No water shall be added to the ashes in the conveyor or in the storage bin.  The 
dustless unloader shall add water to the ash in controlled quantities so that no surplus water runs or 
drips from the ash after discharge.  The discharged ash shall be muddy but loose and free flowing.  Water 
valve shall open only when drive motor is running.  Unloader shall have a capacity of not less than <MET>27 
metric tons </MET><ENG>30 tons</ENG> of conditioned ash per hour.  The rotating unit shall be designed so that all bearings 
are located on the outside and not in contact with the material handled.  Platform shall be provided 
for access to unit and shall have a handrail and a safety ladder to grade.  Motor shall be totally enclosed 
type for outdoor operation.  [Motor starter shall be [manual][[magnetic] [across-the-line][reduced voltage 
start]] type with [weather-resistant][water-tight][dust-tight] enclosure.]</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.31.1.6   Conveyor Type Ash Handling System</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  When specifying boilers with capacity greater than 4.1 Megawatts (14 
million Btuh) per boiler, the following paragraphs will be edited.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Ash pits shall be funnel shaped, constructed of <MET>6.2 mm </MET><ENG>1/4 inch</ENG> steel plate, minimum, and covered with a heavy 
grating with openings approximately <MET>50 mm </MET><ENG>2 inches</ENG> square.  Ashes and clinkers shall be discharged from the boiler 
ash hoppers into ash pits located directly below the ash hopper doors.  A combination drag chain conveyor for 
horizontal conveying and an elevator conveyor for vertical conveying of ashes shall be arranged, as indicated, 
to take ashes from the bottom of the ash pits for discharge into the ash silo.  Conveyors shall have a capacity 
of not less than [_____] <MET>metric tons/hour </MET><ENG>tons/hour</ENG> when handling ashes weighing approximately [_____] <MET>kg/cubic 
meter </MET><ENG>pcf</ENG> at a maximum speed of <MET>508 mm/sec </MET><ENG>100 fpm</ENG>.  Doors shall be provided for access to all parts, as required.  
Motor shall be [totally enclosed, nonventilated type] [totally enclosed, fan-cooled type] [totally enclosed, 
fan-cooled type suitable for installation in a Class II, Division 1, Group F hazardous location in accordance 
with <RID>NFPA 70</RID>].  [Motor starter shall be [manual][[magnetic] [across-the-line][reduced voltage start]] type with 
[general-purpose][weather-resistant][water-tight][dust-tight][explosion-proof] enclosure.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Drag chain conveyor shall be of a single strand of wide, heat treated, high alloy, drop forged, rivetless 
drag chain with a [_____] <MET>mm </MET><ENG>inch</ENG> pitch, [_____] <MET>mm </MET><ENG>inch</ENG> overall width, and [_____] <MET>kg </MET><ENG>pounds</ENG> working 
strength, and shall have a hardness of 460-510 Brinell.  The upper strand of the chain shall convey the 
ash in a trough constructed of <MET>9.5 mm </MET><ENG>3/8 inch</ENG> cast-iron extending from [_____] <MET>mm </MET><ENG>inches</ENG> in front of 
the foot shaft to [_____] <MET>mm </MET><ENG>inches</ENG> behind the head shaft and set flush with the floor.  The return strand 
of chain shall be carried in angle runways set flush with the trench floor.  The drag chain conveyor 
shall be driven by a [_____] <MET>mm </MET><ENG>inch</ENG> pitch roller chain and [_____] <MET>mm </MET><ENG>inch</ENG> pitch diameter, [_____] tooth 
sprocket on the drive shaft, and a [_____] <MET>mm </MET><ENG>inch</ENG> pitch diameter, [_____] tooth sprocket on the elevator 
foot shaft.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  The casing shall be constructed of <MET>2.656 mm </MET><ENG>12-gauge</ENG> thick steel, minimum, with <MET>9.5 mm </MET><ENG>3/8 inch</ENG> thick 
boot plates.  The head-end drive shall include a gear motor and steel roller chain complete with drive 
brackets, guards, and backstop.  The elevator shall be equipped with head-end platform and ladder.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>2.31.2   Ash Handling Controls</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The ash handling system control panel shall contain all necessary instrumentation, including selector switches, 
annunciators, push buttons, and ammeters required for monitoring and operation of the ash handling system.  The 
panel shall graphically display the system.  In addition, the panel shall contain all necessary timers, relays, 
and terminal blocks that are required for the control system.  Control and monitoring of the ash removal system 
shall be from a single panel.  This panel shall have push buttons to start automatic operation of each system 
and also push buttons for individual control of each component.  The panel shall have sufficient instrumentation 
to observe the removal operations and controls to permit effective emergency control.  Local control stations 
at each ash removal point for local manual operation shall also be provided.  Local selector switches shall be 
provided so that equipment may be operated manually for test and maintenance purposes.  The operation of the 
bottom ash system shall be controlled by a microprocessor-based control system, a solid-state programmable controller 
or an electromechanical system.  All controls and instrumentation for location indoors shall have NEMA 12 rating 
in accordance with <RID>NEMA ICS 1</RID>.  All outdoor components shall have NEMA 4 rating, in accordance with <RID>NEMA ICS 1</RID>
.  All major equipment components, including control panels and devices, shall be factory-mounted, prewired, 
tubed, and tested to the maximum practical extent.  The system shall include controls for fully automatic and 
sequential operation of the ash handling system.  These controls shall be designed so that manual steps, such 
as continuous monitoring and regulation, will not be required.  Suitable safety interlocks shall be incorporated 
to assure that proper permissive conditions have been met prior to changing the operating status of major system 
components.  Shutdown of the ash handling system, or portion thereof, shall be automatically initiated, with 
alarms, should unsafe conditions arise during operation of the system.  Facilities for monitoring and control 
of the ash handling system shall be provided for the following functions:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Manual start of the automatic control operations.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Selection of operating components.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Override of the automatic control sequences, both at the ash handling control panel and locally.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.  Manual operation, either remotely from the control center or locally.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>e.  Emergency shutdown on a unit or system basis.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>f.  Status monitoring at the ash handling control panel of the operation of the ash handling system and 
its components.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The automatic controls for bottom ash collection transport shall operate as specified.  When a start command 
has been manually initiated, the automatic ash collection and transport sequences for the unit shall progress 
through their complete cycles, and after completion of the cycles, the system shall automatically shut down.  
The system shall include an annunciator system, complete with audio and visual alarms, as part of the ash handling 
control panel.  The annunciator system shall receive inputs from devices and system logic which shall indicate 
any out of specification or trip condition. Recorders shall be furnished to provide a permanent record of selected 
variables that relate to the ash handling system's performance and operation.  Control stations supplied with 
analog control loops shall provide bumpless transfer between the manual and automatic modes of operation.  The 
manual mode of operation shall provide direct control of the end device with no intervening analog control components 
unless those components are powered by the same source as the end device.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.31.3   Submerged Drag Chain Conveyor (SDCC)</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Submerged drag chain conveyor shall be designed to extract ash at normal capacity [_____] <MET>metric tons/hour </MET><ENG>TPH</ENG>
 and maximum capacity [_____] <MET>metric tons/hour </MET><ENG>TPH</ENG>, based on a dry ash density of approximately [_____] <MET>kg/cubic 
meter </MET><ENG>pcf</ENG>.  The maximum chain speed shall be <MET>76 mm/second </MET><ENG>15 fpm</ENG>.  The SDCC shall be designed for continuous 
operation and shall have a storage capacity of [_____] <MET>cubic meter </MET><ENG>cu ft</ENG> accumulation.  The SDCC shall have an 
upper compartment filled with water and a dry lower compartment.  The equipment shall be provided to maintain 
water temperature at approximately <MET>60 degrees C </MET><ENG>140 degrees F</ENG>.  The dewatering slope shall be at an angle of 
[_____] degrees with the horizontal.  The top trough shall be not less than <MET>9.5 mm </MET><ENG>3/8 inch</ENG> thick carbon steel 
plate, welded construction, lined with renewable abrasion resistant steel wear plates, with a minimum thickness 
of <MET>13 mm </MET><ENG>1/2 inch</ENG> and 300 BHN.  All welds shall be ground smooth.  The necessary track guide angles, hold-down 
angles, and carbon steel chain protectors shall be provided.  The minimum depth of water in the upper trough 
shall be [_____] <MET>m </MET><ENG>feet</ENG>.  The return chain bottom trough shall be dry, constructed of <MET>9.5 mm </MET><ENG>3/8 inch</ENG> thick steel 
plate, stiffened and braced with structural shapes and shall be water-tight.  Chain track angles shall be provided 
with a minimum <MET>13 mm </MET><ENG>1/2 inch</ENG> thick steel replaceable wear flats with a minimum 300 BHN.  Wear strips shall be 
also provided under the return flights, minimum <MET>13 mm </MET><ENG>1/2 inch</ENG> thick and <MET>50 mm </MET><ENG>2 inch</ENG> wide.  The conveyor chain 
shall be a double strand round-link or ship-type chain, case hardened, corrosion and abrasion resistant, chrome-nickle-alloy, 
annealed and carburized with surface hardness between 500-600 BHN.  Design strength and pitch shall be based 
on operating conditions.  The conveyor flights shall be [_____] <MET>mm </MET><ENG>inches</ENG> deep by [_____] <MET>mm </MET><ENG>inches</ENG> thick T-1 
steel plates attached on both ends to the chain.  The flight shall be provided with top wear pads and bottom 
wear strips of abrasion resistant steel plate of 300 BHN minimum.  A chain tensioner shall be provided at the 
tail end of SDCC for maintaining proper tension in both strands of the chain.  The assembly shall include cast-iron 
idler wheel, bearings, shaft, guide block and bearing housing.  Idler assemblies for both troughs shall include 
heavy duty spherical roller type bearings with external lubrication fittings.  The chain drive assembly shall 
include cast-iron wheels with removable, surface hardened, toothed segments, drive shaft, bearings.  The conveyor 
shall be driven by a hydrostatic drive unit coupled with a low speed, high torque hydraulic motor, built-in torque 
limiting valves for preventing damage to load train or electric motor.  Speed regulation, self-lubrication, internal 
cooling, and dynamic braking shall be provided with this drive.  Inching capability shall be provided.  Hinged 
inspection doors, windows, and removable panels shall be provided along the conveyor to permit access and observation 
at critical points.  All inspection doors, windows, and removable panels in mild steel shall be provided with 
stainless steel hardware and must be made completely water-tight.  Water cooling and drainage connections shall 
be provided through flanged connections to the conveyor trough.  Provision shall be made for continuous water 
flow into the top trough of the conveyor including two overflow connections, one for normal level and one high 
level; including high level alarm and an overflow weir box to prevent drain clogging.  Chain cleaning spray shall 
also be provided.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.31.4   Dense Phase Ash Handling</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The ash conveying system shall be pneumatic dense phase type, complete with transfer vessels, solenoid valves, 
air receiver tank, air producer, and ash conveying piping.  The ash handling system shall be designed to handle 
[_____] <MET>metric tons/hour </MET><ENG>tons/hour</ENG> of ash weighing approximately [_____] <MET>kg/cubic meter </MET><ENG>pcf</ENG>.  Each transport 
vessel shall be bolted to the hopper discharge flange where ash shall flow into the vessel by gravity until a 
level indicator indicates the vessel is full.  The transport vessel inlet valve then closes, and transport air 
between <MET>175 to 350 kPa </MET><ENG>25 to 50 psi</ENG> enters the vessel through a fluidizing unit located at the bottom of the 
vessel.  When the vessel has been brought to transport air pressure, the transport line valve opens and a "slug" 
of fly ash is transported to the storage silo.  The transporting pipe shall be Schedule 40 standard black iron 
pipe [_____] <MET>mm </MET><ENG>inches</ENG> diameter.  The material velocities in the transportation pipe shall be [_____] <MET>meters/second </MET><ENG>
fpm</ENG>.  The system shall be provided with <MET>210 to 410 kPa </MET><ENG>30 to 60 psi</ENG> compressed air to fluidize and transmit ash.  
The conveying velocity shall not exceed <MET>5.1 meters/second </MET><ENG>1000 fpm</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>2.31.5   Fly Ash Collectors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Fly ash collectors shall be as specified in Section <SRF>44 10 00</SRF> AIR POLLUTION CONTROL.  Fly ash collectors shall 
be sized to handle total flue gas at maximum boiler load and stack temperature, and shall be provided along with 
induced draft equipment.  Fly ash collector requirements shall be coordinated with boiler draft and control requirements.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></PRT><PRT><TTL>PART 3   EXECUTION</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.1   EXAMINATION</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>After becoming familiar with all details of the work, verify all dimensions in the field, and advise the Contracting 
Officer of any discrepancy before performing the work.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.2   EARTHWORK</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Excavation and backfilling for tanks and piping shall be as specified in Section <SRF>31 00 00</SRF> EARTHWORK, except backfill 
for fiberglass reinforced fuel tanks shall conform to the manufacturer's installation instructions.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.3   <SUB>EQUIPMENT ERECTION</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Install boiler and auxiliary equipment as indicated and in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.4   STORAGE TANK INSTALLATION</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Install storage tank in accordance with Section <SRF>33 56 10</SRF> FACTORY-FABRICATED FUEL STORAGE TANKS.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.5   PIPING INSTALLATION</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pipe shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the jobsite, shall be installed without cold springing, 
and shall properly clear windows, doors, and other openings.  Cutting or other weakening of the building structure 
to facilitate piping installation will not be permitted.  Pipes shall be free of burrs, oil, grease, and other 
foreign matter.  Pipes shall be installed to permit free expansion and contraction without damaging building 
structure, pipe, joints, or hangers.  Changes in direction shall be made with fittings, except that bending of 
pipe <MET>100 mm </MET><ENG>4 inches</ENG> and smaller will be permitted provided a pipe bender is used and wide sweep bends are formed.  
The centerline radius of bends shall not be less than 6 diameters of the pipe.  Bent pipe showing kinks, wrinkles, 
flattening, or other malformations will not be accepted.  Carbon steel piping to be bent shall conform to <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>
, Grade A, standard, or Grade B extra-heavy weight.  Vent pipes shall be carried through the roof as directed 
and shall be properly flashed.  Unless otherwise indicated, horizontal supply mains shall pitch down in the direction 
of flow, with a grade of not less than <MET>25 mm in 12 m </MET><ENG>1 inch in 40 feet</ENG>.  Open ends of pipelines and equipment 
shall be properly capped or plugged during installation to keep dirt or other foreign materials out of the systems.  
Pipe not otherwise specified shall be uncoated.  Unless otherwise specified or shown, connections to equipment 
shall be made with malleable-iron unions for steel pipe <MET>65 mm </MET><ENG>2-1/2 inches</ENG> or less in diameter and with flanges 
for pipe <MET>80 mm </MET><ENG>3 inches</ENG> or more in diameter.  Unions for copper pipe or tubing shall be brass or bronze.  Connections 
between ferrous piping and copper piping shall be electrically isolated from each other with dielectric couplings 
or other approved methods.  Reducing fittings shall be used for changes in pipe sizes.  In horizontal steam lines, 
reducing fittings shall be the eccentric type to maintain the top of the lines at the same level.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.5.1   Pipe Sleeves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pipe passing through concrete or masonry walls or concrete floors or roofs shall be provided with pipe sleeves 
fitted into place at the time of construction.  A waterproofing clamping flange shall be installed as indicated.  
Sleeves shall not be installed in structural members except where indicated or approved.  All rectangular and 
square openings shall be as detailed.  Each sleeve shall extend through its specified wall, floor, or roof, and 
shall be cut flush with each surface, except that sleeves through floors and roofs shall extend above the top 
surface at least <MET>150 mm </MET><ENG>6 inches</ENG> for proper flashing or finishing.  Membrane clamping rings shall be provided 
where membranes are penetrated.  Unless otherwise indicated, sleeves shall be sized to provide a minimum clearance 
of <MET>6 mm </MET><ENG>1/4 inch</ENG> between bare pipe and sleeves or between jacket over insulation and sleeves.  Sleeves in bearing 
walls, waterproofing membrane floors, and wet areas shall be galvanized steel pipe.  Sleeves in nonbearing walls, 
floors, or ceilings may be galvanized steel pipe, or galvanized sheet metal with lock-type longitudinal seam.  
Except in pipe chases or interior walls, the annular space between pipe and sleeve or between jacket over insulation 
and sleeve in nonfire rated walls and floors shall be sealed as indicated and specified in Section <SRF>07 92 00</SRF> JOINT 
SEALANTS, and in fire rated walls and floors shall be sealed as indicated and specified in Section <SRF>07 84 00</SRF> FIRESTOPPING.  
Metal jackets for insulated pipes passing through exterior walls, firewalls, fire partitions, floors, and roofs 
shall not be thinner than <MET>0.15 mm </MET><ENG>0.006 inch</ENG> thick aluminum if corrugated, and <MET>0.41 mm </MET><ENG>0.016 inch</ENG> thick aluminum 
if smooth, and shall be secured with aluminum or stainless steel bands not less than <MET>9.5 mm </MET><ENG>3/8 inch</ENG> wide and 
not more than <MET>200 mm </MET><ENG>8 inches</ENG> apart.  Where penetrating roofs, before fitting the metal jacket into place, a <MET>
13 mm </MET><ENG>1/2 inch</ENG> wide strip of sealant shall be run vertically along the inside of the longitudinal joint of the 
metal jacket from a point below the backup material to a minimum of <MET>900 mm </MET><ENG>36 inches</ENG> above the roof.  If the 
pipe turns from vertical to horizontal, the sealant strip shall be run to a point just beyond the first elbow.  
When penetrating waterproofing membrane for floors, the metal jacket shall extend from a point below the backup 
material to a minimum distance of <MET>50 mm </MET><ENG>2 inches</ENG> above the flashing.  For other areas, the metal jacket shall 
extend from a point below the backup material to a point <MET>300 mm </MET><ENG>12 inches</ENG> above floor; or when passing through 
walls above grade, jacket shall extend at least <MET>100 mm </MET><ENG>4 inches</ENG> beyond each side of the wall.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.5.1.1   Pipes Passing Through Waterproofing Membranes</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Typical details of pipe sleeves through walls, floors, and roofs are 
shown in UFC 3-190-01FA.  The applicable detail plates will be included in the 
contract drawings.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>In addition to the pipe sleeves referred to above, pipes passing through roof or floor waterproofing membrane 
shall be provided with a <MET>1.8 kg </MET><ENG>4 pound</ENG>lead flashing or a <MET>448 g </MET><ENG>16 ounce</ENG> copper flashing, each within an integral 
skirt or flange.  Flashing shall be suitably formed, and the skirt or flange shall extend not less than <MET>200 mm </MET><ENG>
8 inches</ENG> from the pipe and shall set over the roof or floor membrane in a troweled coating of bituminous cement.  
The flashing shall extend up the pipe a minimum of <MET>250 mm </MET><ENG>10 inches</ENG> above the roof or floor.  The annular space 
between the flashing and the bare pipe or between the flashing and the metal-jacket-covered insulation shall 
be sealed as indicated.  Pipes up to and including <MET>250 mm </MET><ENG>10 inches</ENG> in diameter passing through roof or floor 
waterproofing membrane may be installed through a galvanized steel sleeve with caulking recess, anchor lugs, 
flashing clamp device, and pressure ring with brass bolts.  Waterproofing membrane shall be clamped into place 
and sealant shall be placed in the caulking recess.  In lieu of a waterproofing clamping flange and caulking 
and sealing of annular space between pipe and sleeve or conduit and sleeve, a modular mechanical-type sealing 
assembly may be installed.  The seals shall consist of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously 
fill the annular space between the pipe/conduit and sleeve with corrosion protected carbon steel bolts, nuts, 
and pressure plates.  The links shall be loosely assembled with bolts to form a continuous rubber belt around 
the pipe with a pressure plate under each bolt head and each nut.  After the seal assembly is properly positioned 
in the sleeve, tightening of the bolts shall cause the rubber sealing elements to expand and provide a water-tight 
seal between the pipe/conduit and the sleeve.  Each seal assembly shall be sized as recommended by the manufacturer 
to fit the pipe/conduit and sleeve involved.  The Contractor electing to use the modular mechanical type seals 
shall provide sleeves of the proper diameters.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.5.1.2   Optional Counterflashing</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>As alternates to caulking and sealing the annular space between the pipe and flashing or metal-jacket-covered 
insulation and flashing, counterflashing may be accomplished by one of the following methods:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Standard roof coupling for threaded pipe up to <MET>150 mm </MET><ENG>6 inches</ENG> in diameter.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Lead flashing sleeve for dry vents and turning the sleeve down into the pipe to form a waterproof 
joint.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  A tack-welded or banded-metal rain shield around the pipe and sealing as indicated.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.5.2   Pipe Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Joints between sections of pipe and fittings shall be welded or flanged.  Except as otherwise specified, fittings <MET>
25 mm </MET><ENG>1 inch</ENG> and smaller shall be threaded; fittings <MET>32 mm </MET><ENG>1-1/4 inches</ENG> up to, but not including, <MET>65 mm </MET><ENG>2-1/2 
inches</ENG> may be either threaded or welded; and fittings <MET>65 mm </MET><ENG>2-1/2 inches</ENG> and larger shall be either flanged or 
welded.  Pipe and fittings <MET>32 mm </MET><ENG>1-1/4 inches</ENG> and larger installed in inaccessible conduits or trenches beneath 
concrete floor slabs shall be welded.  Connections to equipment shall be made with black malleable-iron unions 
for pipe <MET>50 mm </MET><ENG>2 inches</ENG> or smaller in diameter, and with flanges for pipe <MET>65 mm </MET><ENG>2-1/2 inches</ENG> or larger in diameter.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.5.2.1   Threaded Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Threaded joints shall be made with tapered threads properly cut and shall be made perfectly tight with a stiff 
mixture of graphite and oil, or polytetrafluoroethylene tape or equal, applied to the male threads only, and 
in no case to the fittings.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.5.2.2   Welded Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Welded joints shall be fusion welded in accordance with <RID>ASME B31.1</RID>, unless otherwise required.  Changes in direction 
of piping shall be made with welding fittings only; mitering or notching pipe to form elbows and tees or other 
similar type construction will not be acceptable.  Branch connections may be made with either welding tees or 
forged branch outlet fittings, either being acceptable without size limitation.  Branch outlet fittings, where 
used, shall be forged, flared for improvement flow where attached to the run, reinforced against external strains, 
and designed to withstand full pipe bursting strength.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  Beveling:  Field and shop bevels shall be in accordance with the recognized standards and shall be 
done by mechanical means or flame cutting.  Where beveling is done by flame cutting, surfaces shall be 
cleaned of scale and oxidation before welding.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  Alignment:  Parts to be welded shall be aligned so that no strain is placed on the weld when finally 
positioned.  Height shall be so aligned that no part of the pipe wall is offset by more than 20 percent 
of the wall thickness.  Flanges and branches shall be set true.  This alignment shall be preserved during 
the welding operation.  Tack welds shall be of the same quality and made by the same procedure as the 
completed weld; otherwise, tack welds shall be removed during the final welding operation.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  Erection:  Where the temperature of the component parts being welded reaches <MET>0 degrees C </MET><ENG>32 degrees 
F</ENG> or lower, the material shall be heated to approximately <MET>38 degrees C </MET><ENG>100 degrees F</ENG> for a distance of <MET>
900 mm </MET><ENG>3 feet</ENG> on each side of the weld before welding, and the weld shall be finished before the materials 
cool to <MET>0 degrees C </MET><ENG>32 degrees F</ENG>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.  Defective Welding:  Defective welds shall be removed and replaced.  Repairing of defective welds 
shall be in accordance with <RID>ASME B31.1</RID>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>e.  Electrodes:  After filler metal has been removed from its original package, it shall be protected 
or stored so that its characteristics or welding properties are not affected.  Electrodes that have been 
wetted or that have lost any of their coating shall not be used.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.5.2.3   Flanges and Unions</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Flanges and unions shall be faced true and made square and tight.  Gaskets shall be nonasbestos compressed material 
in accordance with <RID>ASME B16.21</RID>, <MET>1.6 mm </MET><ENG>1/16 inch</ENG> thickness, full face or self-centering flat ring type.  The 
gaskets shall contain aramid fibers bonded with styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) or nitrile butadiene rubber (NBR).  
NBR binder shall be used for hydrocarbon service.  Union or flange joints shall be provided in each line immediately 
preceding the connection to each piece of equipment or material requiring maintenance, such as coils, pumps, 
control valves, and other similar items.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.5.3   Supports</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.5.3.1   General</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Mechanical and electrical layout drawings and specifications for ceiling 
suspensions should contain notes indicating that hanger loads between panel 
points in excess of 23 kg (50 pounds) shall have the excess hanger loads suspended 
from panel points.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Hangers used to support piping <MET>50 mm </MET><ENG>2 inches</ENG> and larger shall be fabricated to permit adequate adjustment after 
erection while still supporting the load.  Pipe guides and anchors shall be installed to keep pipes in accurate 
alignment, to direct the expansion movement, and to prevent buckling, swaying, and undue strain.  All piping 
subjected to vertical movement when operating temperatures exceed ambient temperatures, shall be supported by 
variable spring hangers and supports or by constant support hangers.  [Pipe hanger loads suspended from steel 
joist between panel points shall not exceed <MET>23 kg </MET><ENG>50 pounds</ENG>.  Loads exceeding <MET>23 kg </MET><ENG>50 pounds</ENG> shall be suspended 
from panel points.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.5.3.2   Seismic Requirements</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Provide seismic requirements if a Government designer (either Corps office 
or A/E) is the Engineer of Record, and show on the drawings.  Delete the bracketed 
phrase if seismic details are not included.  Pertinent portions of UFC 3-310-04 
and Sections <SRF>13 48 00</SRF> and <SRF>13 48 00.00 10</SRF>, properly edited, must be included 
in the contract documents.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Seismic Requirements for Pipe Supports and Structural Bracing:  All piping and attached valves shall be supported 
and braced to resist seismic loads as specified under UFC 3-310-04 SEISMIC DESIGN FOR BUILDINGS and Sections 
<SRF>13 48 00</SRF> SEISMIC PROTECTION FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT and <SRF>13 48 00.00 10</SRF> SEISMIC PROTECTION FOR MECHANICAL 
EQUIPMENT[ as shown.]  Structural steel required for reinforcement to properly support piping, headers, and equipment, 
but not shown, shall be provided under this section.  Material used for supports shall be as specified under 
Section <SRF>05 12 00</SRF> STRUCTURAL STEEL.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.5.3.3   Structural Attachments</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Structural steel brackets required to support piping, headers, and equipment, but not shown, shall be provided 
under this section.  Material used for supports shall be as specified under Section <SRF>05 12 00</SRF> STRUCTURAL STEEL.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.5.4   Anchors</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Anchors shall be provided wherever necessary or indicated to localize expansion or prevent undue strain on piping.  
Anchors shall consist of heavy steel collars with lugs and bolts for clamping and attaching anchor braces, unless 
otherwise indicated.  Anchor braces shall be installed in the most effective manner to secure the desired results, 
using turnbuckles where required.  Supports, anchors, or stays shall not be attached where they will injure the 
structure or adjacent construction during installation or by the weight of expansion of the pipeline.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.5.5   Pipe Expansion</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.5.5.1   Expansion Loops</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Wherever possible, provision for expansion of steam supply and return 
pipes will be made by changes in the direction of the run of the pipe or by 
field-fabricated expansion bends.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Expansion loops shall provide adequate expansion of the main straight runs of the system within the stress limits 
specified in <RID>ASME B31.1</RID>.  The loop shall be cold-sprung and installed where indicated.  Pipe guides shall be 
provided as indicated.  Except where otherwise indicated, expansion loops and bends shall be utilized to absorb 
and compensate for expansion and contraction instead of expansion joints.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.5.5.2   Expansion Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  If expansion joints are not required, this paragraphs will be deleted.  
Where space limitations prevent such provisions for expansion, expansion joints 
will be installed, and blanks will be filled as appropriate.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Expansion joints shall provide for either single or double slip of the connected pipes, as required and indicated.  
Initial setting shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to allow for ambient temperature 
at time of installation.  Pipe alignment guides shall be installed as recommended by the joint manufacturer, 
but in any case shall not be more than <MET>1.5 m </MET><ENG>5 feet</ENG> from expansion joint, except in lines <MET>100 mm </MET><ENG>4 inches</ENG> or 
smaller where guides shall be installed not more than <MET>600 mm </MET><ENG>2 feet</ENG> from the joint.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.5.6   Valves</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Gate or globe valves shall be installed with stems horizontal or upright.  Swing check valves shall be installed 
in horizontal piping with the cap or bonnet up, or in vertical piping with the flow upward.  Lift or piston check 
valves shall be installed in horizontal piping with the cap or bonnet up.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.6   BURIED PIPING INSTALLATION</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.1   Protective Coating for Underground Steel Pipe</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>All steel pipe installed underground shall be given a protective covering, mechanically applied in a factory 
or field plant especially equipped for the purpose.  Specials and other fittings which cannot be coated and wrapped 
mechanically shall have the protective covering applied by hand, preferably at the plant, applying the covering 
to the pipe.  Coatings shall not be field applied until the piping has satisfactorily passed the leak or hydrostatic 
test.  All field joints shall be coated and wrapped by hand.  All hand coating and wrapping shall be done in 
a manner and with materials that will produce a covering equal in effectiveness to that of the mechanically-applied 
covering.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.2   Cleaning of Surfaces to be Coated</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Steel surfaces shall be solvent-washed to assure an oil-and-grease-free surface and blast-cleaned to bare metal 
as specified in <RID>SSPC SP 6</RID>.  Areas that cannot be cleaned by blasting shall be cleaned to bare metal by powered 
wire brushing or other mechanical means.  The air supply for blasting shall be free from oil and moisture.  Following 
cleaning, the surfaces shall be wiped with coal-tar solvent naphtha and allowed to dry.  The surfaces to be coated 
shall be free of all mill scale and foreign matter such as rust, dirt, grease, oil, and other deleterious substances.  
Surfaces shall be coated as soon as practicable after the cleaning operation.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.3   Coating Materials</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Buried steel piping shall be coated with one of the following methods:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.3.1   Bituminous Pipe Coating</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  If coating system similar to coal tar coating and wrapping is required 
using different materials, this paragraph shall be rewritten.  If double wrap 
system is required, the designer shall remove the brackets.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Bituminous protective system shall be a coal-tar enamel and primer coating system, and shall consist of a coal-tar 
priming coat, a coal-tar enamel coat, a wrapper of coal tar saturated felt, and a wrapper of kraft paper, or 
a coat of water-resistant whitewash, applied in the order named and conforming to the requirements of <RID>AWWA C203</RID>
 in all respects as to materials, methods of application, tests, and handling, except that an interior lining 
shall not be applied.[  In addition, where excessively corrosive soils are encountered, the piping shall be given 
a second coating of coal-tar enamel and a second wrapper of felt.]  Joints and fittings shall be coated and wrapped.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.3.2   Polyethylene Pipe Coating</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Continuous extruded polyethylene coating and adhesive undercoat application procedure, including surface preparation, 
shall be a factory-applied system conforming to <RID>NACE SP0185</RID>, Type A.  Joints, valves, flanges, and other irregular 
surfaces shall be tape-wrapped as outlined under the tape-wrapping system, except that the tape shall be applied 
half-lapped, and all extruded polyethylene coating and adhesive undercoat surfaces to be tape-wrapped shall be 
primed with a compatible primer before application of tape.  The primer shall be as recommended by the tape manufacturer 
and approved by the applicator of the extruded polyethylene coating.  Damaged areas of extruded polyethylene 
coating shall be repaired by tape-wrapping as described under the tape-wrapping system, except that any residual 
material from the extruded polyethylene coating shall be pressed into the break or shall be trimmed off.  All 
areas to be taped shall be primed and the tape shall be applied half-lapped.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.3.3   Tape-Wrap Pipe Coating</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Cleaned surfaces shall be primed before applying tape as recommended by the manufacturer of the tape.  The tape 
shall be an approved, pressure-sensitive, organic plastic tape with a minimum nominal thickness of <MET>0.51 mm </MET><ENG>0.020 
inch</ENG>.  The tape shall conform to <RID>ASTM G 21</RID> for fungus resistance.  Tape shall be applied to clean, dry, grease-free, 
and dust-free surfaces only.  Weld beads shall be wire-brushed.  All burrs and weld spatter shall be removed.  
Weld beads shall be covered with one wrap of tape before spiral wrapping.  At each end of straight runs, a double 
wrap of one full width of tape shall be applied at right angles to the axis of the spiral wrapping.  Kraft paper 
protective wrapping, if any, shall be removed from the pipe before the tape is applied.  Material which is wrapped 
before it is placed in its final position shall have the wrapping protected at sling points with roofing felt 
or other approved heavy shielding material, or shall be handled with canvas slings.  Damaged wrapping shall be 
repaired as specified.  Pipe in straight runs shall be wrapped spirally, half-lapping the tape as it is applied.  
For pipe smaller than <MET>100 mm </MET><ENG>4 inches</ENG>, one layer half-lapped shall be used.  For pipe <MET>100 mm </MET><ENG>4 inches</ENG> and larger, 
two layers half-lapped shall be used with the second layer wrapped opposite-hand to the first.  Joints, coupling 
fittings, and similar units, and damaged areas of wrapping, shall be wrapped spirally beginning with one complete 
wrap <MET>75 mm </MET><ENG>3 inches</ENG> back from each edge of the corresponding size of straight pipe.  On irregular surfaces such 
as valves and other accessories, one layer half-lapped and stretched sufficiently to conform to the surface shall 
be applied, followed by a second layer half-lapped and applied with tension as it comes off the roll.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.3.4   Epoxy Coating System</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The epoxy coating system shall conform to <RID>AWWA C213</RID>, Type II.  Fittings, valves, and joints shall be factory 
coated with materials identical to those used on the pipe, or may be field coated with a two-part epoxy system 
recommended by the manufacturer of the pipe coating system.  Field protection may also be provided for joints 
and fittings with a coal tar tape hot-applied over a compatible primer.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.3.5   Coating Inspection and Testing</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>After field coating of the pipe joints, the entire pipe shall be inspected with an electric holiday detector 
having an operating crest voltage of from 12,000 to 15,000 volts when using a full-ring, spring-type coil electrode.  
The holiday detector shall be equipped with a bell, buzzer, or other audible signal which operates when a holiday 
is detected.  All detected holidays in the protective covering shall be repaired.  Occasional checks of holiday 
detector potential will be made by the Contracting Officer to determine suitability of the detector.  The inspection 
for holidays shall be performed just before covering the pipe with backfill and every precaution shall be taken 
during backfill to prevent damage to the protective covering.  Equipment and labor necessary for inspection shall 
be furnished by the Contractor.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.6.4   Installing Buried Piping</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pipe and accessories shall be handled carefully to assure a sound, undamaged condition.  Care shall be taken 
not to damage coating when lowering pipe into a trench and when backfilling.  Nonmetallic pipe shall be installed 
in accordance with pipe manufacturer's instructions.  Underground pipelines shall be laid with a minimum pitch 
of <MET>25 mm per 15 m </MET><ENG>1 inch per 50 feet</ENG>.  Horizontal sections shall have a minimum coverage of <MET>450 mm </MET><ENG>18 inches</ENG>.  
Piping shall be free of traps and shall drain toward tank.  The full length of each section of underground pipe 
shall rest solidly on the pipe bed.  Piping connections to equipment shall be as indicated, or as required, by 
the equipment manufacturer.  Tank connections shall be made with two elbow swing joints [or flexible connectors] 
to allow for differential settlement.  The interior of the pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter 
before being lowered into the trench and shall be kept clean during installation.  The pipe shall not be laid 
in water or when the trench or weather conditions are unsuitable.  When work is not in progress, open ends of 
pipe and fittings shall be securely closed so that water, earth, or other substances cannot enter the pipe or 
fittings.  Any pipe, fittings, or appurtenances found defective after installation shall be replaced.  Threaded 
joints shall be made with tapered threads and shall be made perfectly tight with joint compound applied to the 
male threads only.  This requirement shall not apply for the gauging hatch or similar connections directly over 
the tank where the line terminates in a fitting within a cast-iron manhole designed to allow for differential 
setting.  Where steel piping is to be anchored, the pipe shall be welded to the structural steel member of the 
anchor and the abraded area shall be patched with protective coating or covering as specified.  Piping passing 
through concrete or masonry construction shall be fitted with sleeves.  Each sleeve shall be of sufficient length 
to pass through the entire thickness of the associated structural member and shall be large enough to provide 
a minimum clear distance of <MET>13 mm </MET><ENG>1/2 inch</ENG> between the pipe and sleeve, except where otherwise indicated.  Sleeves 
through concrete may be <MET>0.912 mm </MET><ENG>20 gauge</ENG> metal, fiber, or other approved material.  Sleeves shall be accurately 
located on center with the piping and shall be securely fastened in place.  The space between the sleeves and 
the pipe shall be caulked and filled with bituminous plastic cement or mechanical caulking units designed for 
such use.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.5   Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Pipe</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Field assembly of the pipe shall be done in conformance with the manufacturer's written instructions and installation 
procedures.  Several pipe joints having interference-fit type couplings may be field-bonded and cured simultaneously.  
However, the pipe shall not be moved nor shall additional joints be made until the previously laid joints are 
completely cured.  Joints not having interference-fit type couplings shall be fitted with a clamp which shall 
hold the joint rigidly in place until the joint cement has completely cured.  The clamps shall have a protective 
material on the inner surface to prevent damage to the plastic pipe when the clamp is tightened in place.  The 
pipe shall be provided with a device or method to determine when the joint is pulled against the pipe stop.  
A gauge provided by the pipe manufacturer shall be used to measure the diameter of the spigot ends to insure 
the diameter conforms to the tolerances specified by the manufacturer.  All pipe ends shall be gauged.  FRP pipe 
shall be utilized for buried piping only.  No aboveground FRP pipe is allowed. Cutting shall be done with a hacksaw 
or circular saw with an abrasive cutting wheel.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.5.1   Installation</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Pipe shall be buried to the elevation shown on the profiles, except that in no case shall pipe under roadways 
be buried less than <MET>900 mm </MET><ENG>36 inches</ENG>.  Backfill shall not include large or sharp-edged rocks of any size in direct 
contact with the pipe surfaces.  Compacting shall be done so as to avoid damage to the pipeline.  Conduits or 
sleeves of steel pipe at least <MET>50 mm </MET><ENG>2 inches</ENG> in diameter larger than the FRP pipe size shall be provided under 
heavy traffic roadways.  Bending of pipe to follow ditch contours shall be limited to long trench curvatures 
and will not be permitted for abrupt changes in pipe direction.  Bend radii shall not be less than shown in the 
manufacturer's installation procedures.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.5.2   Thrust Blocks</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Concrete thrust blocks shall be provided at all tees, valves, blind flanges, reducers, or whenever the pipe alignment 
changes direction.  They shall be sized in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's instructions to suit local 
soil conditions, operating pressures, test pressures, pipe size, and thermal conditions.  In case of a conflict, 
the most stringent requirements shall govern.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.5.3   Curing of Field-Bonded Joints</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>All field-bonded epoxy-cemented joints, regardless of ambient temperatures, shall be cured with a self-regulating, 
thermostatically controlled electrical heating blanket for the time and temperature recommended by the manufacturer 
for the applicable size and type of joint, or by an alternate approved heating method.  The joined sections shall 
not be moved during heating or before the joint has cooled to <MET>27 degrees C </MET><ENG>80 degrees F</ENG> or to ambient temperature, 
whichever is higher.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.6.5.4   Metal to FRP Connections</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Metal to FRP connections shall be made with flanged connections.  Steel flanges for bolting to FRP flanges shall 
be flat-faced type.  Where raised-face steel flanges are used, spacer rings shall be utilized to provide a flat-face 
seat for FRP flanges.  A full-face Buna-N gasket, <MET>3.2 mm </MET><ENG>1/8 inch</ENG> thick with a shore hardness of 50 to 60, shall 
be used between all flanged connections.  The FRP flange shall have raised sealing rings.  Flat washers shall 
be used under all nuts and bolts on FRP flanges.  Bolts and nuts shall be of noncorrosive metal and torqued to 
not more than <MET>135 newton meters </MET><ENG>100 ft-lbs</ENG>.  Flanges shall not be buried.  A concrete pit shall be provided for 
all flanged connections.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.6.6   Buried Fuel Piping</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Buried fuel piping shall be in accordance with Section <SRF>33 56 10</SRF> FACTORY-FABRICATED FUEL STORAGE TANKS.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.7   CATHODIC PROTECTION</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Cathodic protection shall be in accordance with Section <SRF>33 56 10</SRF> FACTORY-FABRICATED FUEL STORAGE TANKS.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.8   FIELD PAINTING</TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Where identification of piping is required by the using service, this 
paragraph will be amplified to include appropriate requirements either directly 
or by reference to a separate section.  Air Force requirements are covered in 
AFM 88-15.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>All ferrous metals not specified to be coated at the factory shall be cleaned, prepared, and painted as specified 
in Section <SRF>09 90 00</SRF> PAINTS AND COATINGS.  Exposed pipe covering shall be painted as specified in Section 
<SRF>09 90 00</SRF> PAINTS AND COATINGS.  Aluminum sheath over insulation shall not be painted.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.9   CLEANING OF BOILERS AND PIPING FOR TESTING</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.9.1   Boiler Cleaning</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>After the hydrostatic tests but before the operating tests, the boilers shall be cleaned of foreign materials.  
Wherever possible, surfaces in contact with water shall be wire-brushed to remove loose material.  The Contractor 
may use the following procedure or may submit his own standard procedure for review and approval by the Contracting 
Officer.  Boilers shall be filled with a solution consisting of the following proportional ingredients for every <MET>
3785 liters </MET><ENG>1000 gallons</ENG> of water and operated at approximately <MET>207 to 350 kPa </MET><ENG>30 to 50 psig</ENG> for a period of 
24 to 48 hours, exhausting steam to the atmosphere:</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<MET><LST>11 kg caustic soda                          3.6 kg sodium nitrate</LST></MET><BRK/>
<ENG><LST>24 pounds caustic soda                      8 pounds sodium nitrate</LST></ENG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<MET><LST>11 kg disodium phosphate, anhydrous         230 mg approved wetting agent</LST></MET><BRK/>
<ENG><LST>24 pounds disodium phosphate, anhydrous     1/2 pound approved wetting agent</LST></ENG><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Chemicals in the above proportions or as otherwise approved shall be thoroughly dissolved in the water before 
being placed in the boilers.  After the specified boiling period, the boilers shall be allowed to cool and then 
drained and thoroughly flushed.  Piping shall be cleaned by operating the boilers for a period of approximately 
48 hours, wasting the condensate.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.9.2   Boiler Water Conditioning</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide boiler water conditioning including chemical treatment and blowdown during periods of boiler operation 
to prevent scale and corrosion in boilers and in supply and return distribution systems from the initial startup 
of the system, through the testing period, and to final acceptance of the completed work but for at least 30 
days of operation.  Approved chemicals and method of treatment shall be used.</TXT><BRK/>
<MET><TBL><THD><BRK/>
<HL4>TABLE I.  PIPE</HL4><BRK/>
<BRK/>
kPa Service    Pressure    Material         Specification             Type<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
Steam           0-3500     Std. wt. black    <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
                           steel                                   Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Condensate      0-1700     Extra strong      <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
return                     black steel                             Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
                           Copper pipe       <RID>ASTM B 42</RID>  [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Boiler feed &amp;   0-4100     Extra strong      <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
blowoff lines              black steel (2)                         Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Feedwater        0-860     Std. wt. black    <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
piping                     steel                                   Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Water           0-4100     Std. wt. black    <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
column (1)                 steel (2)                               Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Vent &amp; exhaust  0-170      Std. wt. black    <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
pipe                       steel                                   Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Compressed air  0-860      Std. wt. black    <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
                           steel                                   Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Gauge piping    0-170      Copper tubing     <RID>ASTM B 88</RID>,<BRK/>
                                   <RID>ASTM B 88M</RID> Type K<BRK/>
                                                                      or L<BRK/>
                0-4100     Black steel (2)   <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
                                                                   Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Fuel oil        0-1000     Copper tubing     <RID>ASTM B 88</RID>,<BRK/>
                                   <RID>ASTM B 88M</RID> Type K<BRK/>
(No. 2)                                                               or L<BRK/>
<BRK/>
                0-1000     Fiber reinforced  <RID>API Spec 15LR</RID> [_____]<BRK/>
                           plastic (FRP)<BRK/>
                           (Buried service<BRK/>
                           only)<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Fuel oil        0-1000     Std. wt. black    <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
(Nos. 4,                   steel                                   Grade A<BRK/>
5, &amp; 6)<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Control air     0-1000    Copper tubing      <RID>ASTM B 68M</RID>  [_____]<BRK/>
                          Std. wt. black<BRK/>
                          steel              <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
                                                                   Grade A<BRK/></TBL>
</MET><ENG><TBL><THD><BRK/>
<HL4>TABLE I.  PIPE</HL4><BRK/>
<BRK/>
Service       Pressure    Material           Specification            Type<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
Steam         0-500       Std. wt. black     <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
                          steel                                    Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Condensate    0-250       Extra strong       <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
return                    black steel                              Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
                          Copper pipe        <RID>ASTM B 42</RID>  [_____]<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Boiler feed   0-600       Extra strong       <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
&amp; blowoff lines           black steel (2)                          Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Feedwater     0-125       Std. wt. black     <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
piping                    steel                                    Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Water         0-600       Std. wt. black     <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
column (1)                steel (2)                                Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Vent &amp;        0-25        Std. wt. black     <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
exhaust pipe              steel                                    Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Compressed    0-125       Std. wt. black     <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
air                       steel                                    Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Gauge         0-25        Copper tubing      <RID>ASTM B 88</RID>,<BRK/>
                                  <RID>ASTM B 88M</RID> Type K<BRK/>
piping                                                                or L<BRK/>
              0-600       Black steel (2)    <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
                                                                   Grade A<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Fuel oil      0-150       Copper tubing      <RID>ASTM B 88</RID>,<BRK/>
                                  <RID>ASTM B 88M</RID> Type K<BRK/>
(No. 2)                                                             or L<BRK/>
              0-150       Fiber reinforced   <RID>API Spec 15LR</RID> [_____]<BRK/>
                          plastic (FRP)<BRK/>
                          (Buried service<BRK/>
                          only)<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Fuel oil      0-150       Std. wt. black     <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
(Nos. 4,                  steel                                    Grade A<BRK/>
5, &amp; 6)<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Control air   0-150       Copper tubing      <RID>ASTM B 68</RID>  [_____]<BRK/>
                          Std. wt. black<BRK/>
                          steel              <RID>ASTM A 53/A 53M</RID>        Type E<BRK/>
                                                                   Grade A<BRK/></TBL>
</ENG><BRK/>
<TXT>Note 1:  No bending of pipe will be permitted.  Crosses with pipe plugs at connections shall be provided.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Note 2:  Extra strong (XS) minimum weight.  Conform to <RID>ASME B31.1</RID> for wall thickness.</TXT><BRK/>
<MET><TBL><THD><BRK/>
<HL4>TABLE II.  FITTINGS</HL4><BRK/>
<BRK/>
mm Service   Size        Title       Materials        Specification<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
Steam (1)   Under       Threaded     Malleable-iron   <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
            80 mm<BRK/>
            Under       Threaded     Steel            <RID>ASME B16.11</RID>,<BRK/>
            80 mm<BRK/>
<BRK/>
            80 mm    &amp;  Flanged      Steel            <RID>ASME B16.5</RID><BRK/>
            larger<BRK/>
            8 mm     &amp;  Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
            larger<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Condensate  Under       Threaded     Cast-iron        <RID>ASME B16.4</RID><BRK/>
return      80 mm                                     Black, Class 250<BRK/>
            Under       Threaded     Malleable-iron   <RID>ASME B16.3</RID>,<BRK/>
            80 mm                                     Class 300<BRK/>
            Under       Threaded     Bronze           <RID>ASME B16.15</RID><BRK/>
            80 mm<BRK/>
            80 mm    &amp;  Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
            larger<BRK/>
                                     extra strong<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Vent pipe    Under      Threaded     Malleable-iron   <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
             80 mm<BRK/>
             80 mm      Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
             &amp; larger<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Exhaust      Under      Threaded     Zinc-coated      <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
pipe         80 mm                   malleable-iron<BRK/>
             80 mm      Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
             &amp; larger<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Boiler       Under      Threaded     Malleable-iron   <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
feed (2)     80 mm<BRK/>
             80 mm      Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
             &amp; larger<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Feedwater    Under      Threaded     Malleable-iron   <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
pipe         80 mm<BRK/>
             80 mm      Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
             &amp; larger<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Blowoff      All        Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
lines (2)               Socket<BRK/>
                        welded       Steel            <RID>ASME B16.11</RID><BRK/>
                        Flanged<BRK/>
                        with long<BRK/>
                        radius<BRK/>
                        elbows       Steel            <RID>ASME B16.5</RID><BRK/>
<BRK/>
Water<BRK/>
column<BRK/>
piping (2)   Under      Threaded    Malleable-iron    <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
             80 mm<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Fuel oil     All        Threaded    Malleable-iron    <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
                        Flared or   Cast or wrought   <RID>ASME B16.18</RID><BRK/>
                        brazed      bronze            <RID>ASME B16.26</RID><BRK/>
                        Plastic     FRP               Compatible<BRK/>
                                                      with pipe<BRK/>
                                                      <RID>API Spec 15LR</RID><BRK/>
<BRK/>
Gauge pipe   All        Flared or   Cast or wrought   <RID>ASME B16.18</RID><BRK/>
                        soldered    bronze            <RID>ASME B16.26</RID><BRK/></TBL>
</MET><ENG><TBL><THD><BRK/>
<HL4>TABLE II.  FITTINGS</HL4><BRK/>
<BRK/>
inches Service  Size      Title        Materials        Specification<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
Steam (1)     Under      Threaded     Malleable-iron   <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
              3-inches<BRK/>
              Under      Threaded     Steel            <RID>ASME B16.11</RID>,<BRK/>
              3-inches<BRK/>
<BRK/>
              3-inches   Flanged      Steel            <RID>ASME B16.5</RID><BRK/>
            &amp; larger<BRK/>
              1/4-inch   Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
            &amp; larger<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Condensate   Under       Threaded     Cast-iron        <RID>ASME B16.4</RID>,<BRK/>
return       3-inches                                  Black, Class 250<BRK/>
             Under       Threaded     Malleable-iron   <RID>ASME B16.3</RID>,<BRK/>
             3-inches                                  Class 300<BRK/>
             Under       Threaded     Brass or Bronze  <RID>ASME B16.15</RID><BRK/>
             3-inches<BRK/>
             3-inches &amp;  Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
             larger<BRK/>
                                      extra strong<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Vent pipe    Under       Threaded     Malleable-iron   <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
             3-inches<BRK/>
             3-inches    Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
             &amp; larger<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Exhaust      Under       Threaded     Zinc-coated      <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
pipe         3-inches                 malleable-iron<BRK/>
             3-inches    Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
             &amp; larger<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Boiler       Under       Threaded     Malleable-iron   <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
feed (2)     3-inches<BRK/>
             3-inches    Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
             &amp; larger<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Feedwater    Under       Threaded     Malleable-iron   <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
pipe         3-inches<BRK/>
             3-inches    Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
             &amp; larger<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Blowoff      All         Buttwelded   Steel            <RID>ASME B16.9</RID><BRK/>
lines (2)                Socket<BRK/>
                         welded       Steel            <RID>ASME B16.11</RID><BRK/>
                         Flanged<BRK/>
                         with long<BRK/>
                         radius<BRK/>
                         elbows       Steel            <RID>ASME B16.5</RID><BRK/>
<BRK/>
Water<BRK/>
column<BRK/>
piping (2)   Under       Threaded    Malleable-iron    <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
             3-inches<BRK/>
<BRK/>
Fuel oil     All         Threaded    Malleable-iron    <RID>ASME B16.3</RID><BRK/>
                         Flared or   Cast or wrought   <RID>ASME B16.18</RID><BRK/>
                         brazed      bronze            <RID>ASME B16.26</RID><BRK/>
                         Plastic     FRP               Compatible<BRK/>
                                                       with pipe<BRK/>
                                                       <RID>API Spec 15LR</RID><BRK/>
<BRK/>
Gauge pipe   All         Flared or   Cast or wrought   <RID>ASME B16.18</RID><BRK/>
                         soldered    bronze            <RID>ASME B16.26</RID><BRK/></TBL>
</ENG><BRK/>
<TXT>Note 1:  Conform to <RID>ASME B31.1</RID> for wall thickness.  Match requirements for steam piping.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Note 2:  Conform to <RID>ASME B31.1</RID> for wall thickness, except minimum shall be extra strong pipe.  Match piping requirements.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT><SPT><TTL>3.10   MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide the services of a manufacturer's representative who is experienced in the installation, adjustment, and 
operation of the equipment specified.  The representative shall supervise the installing, adjusting, and testing 
of the equipment.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.11   FIELD TRAINING</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Provide a field training course for designated operating staff members.  Training shall be provided for a total 
period of [_____] hours of normal working time and shall start after the system is functionally complete, but 
prior to final acceptance tests.  Field training shall cover all of the items contained in the approved operating 
and maintenance instructions as well as demonstrations of routine maintenance operations.  Contracting Officer 
shall be notified at least 14 days prior to date of proposed conduction of the training course.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.12   <SUB>FRAMED INSTRUCTIONS</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Post framed instructions under glass or in laminated plastic, including wiring and control diagrams showing the 
complete layout of the entire system, where directed.  Condensed operating instructions explaining preventive 
maintenance procedures, methods of checking the system for normal safe operation, and procedures for safely starting 
and stopping the system shall be prepared in typed form, framed as specified above for the wiring and control 
diagrams, and posted beside the diagrams.  The framed instructions shall be posted before acceptance testing 
of the systems.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.13   <SUB>TESTS</SUB></TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Before occupancy of a facility the boilers shall be inspected in accordance 
with the Code of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (BPVI) and the American 
Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME).  Inspectors must be certified in accordance 
with BPVI standards.</NPR><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<NPR>References to inapplicable types of boilers will be deleted.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.13.1   <TST>Hydrostatic Tests</TST></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Following erection, each boiler shall be tested hydrostatically and proved tight under a gauge pressure of 1-1/2 
times the working pressure specified.  Following the installation of piping and boiler house equipment, but before 
the application of any insulation, hydrostatic tests shall be made and the system proved tight under gauge pressures 
of 1-1/2 times the specified working pressure.  The boilers shall be tested and the piping connections inspected 
by a NBBPVI-commissioned boiler inspector for determining compliance with all requirements in <RID>ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1</RID>
 and the Contracting Officer shall be supplied with a certificate of approval for each boiler.  After flushing 
and operationally testing, underground portions of oil containing piping systems shall be leak tested.  The test 
shall be the [standpipe method][buoyancy device] type and shall conform to the requirements in <RID>NFPA 329</RID>.  The 
test method shall not involve pressurization of the system in any way which could increase the rate of product 
escape through an established leak.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.13.2   <TST>Efficiency and Operating Tests</TST></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Upon completion of installation, the boiler plant shall be subjected to operating tests required to demonstrate 
satisfactory functional operation.  Adjust equipment and controls before the scheduled operating test.  A testing 
schedule shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer at least 15 days before the scheduled test.  Each operating 
test shall be conducted as directed by Contracting Officer.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>a.  An efficiency and capacity test shall be run on one boiler of each size installed, conducted in accordance 
with <RID>ASME PTC 4</RID> abbreviated efficiency test utilizing the heat loss method, except for use of measuring 
or metering devices properly calibrated before the test, for the purpose of metering the water used and 
weighing the amount of fuel burned.  Water meter used in the test shall be suitable for hot water.  Instruments, 
test equipment, and test personnel required to properly conduct tests shall be provided by the Contractor.  
The necessary fuel, water, and electricity will be furnished by the Government.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>b.  The performance tests shall, in each case, cover the periods for the capacities tabulated below:</LST><BRK/>
<TBL><THD><BRK/>
                                            Percent of Capacity<BRK/>
<BRK/>
                           Waterwall and                  Firetube<BRK/>
     Time (Minimum)        Watertube Boilers             and Boilers<BRK/></THD>
<BRK/>
      First 1 hour               50                          50<BRK/>
      Next  1 hour               75                          75<BRK/>
      Next  4 hours*            100                         100<BRK/>
      Next  2 hours             110<BRK/>
*The efficiency tests may be conducted either concurrently with the operating tests or separately, at the option 
of the Contractor.  Efficiency shall be not less than specified.  Maximum moisture content of saturated steam leaving 
the boiler shall be as specified.</TBL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>c.  The efficiency and general performance tests on the boilers shall be conducted by a qualified test 
engineer, and observed by the Contracting Officer.  All testing apparatus shall be set up, calibrated, 
tested, and ready for testing the boiler before the arrival of the Contracting Officer.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>d.   Calibration curves or test results furnished by an independent testing laboratory of each instrument, 
meter, gauge, and thermometer to be used in efficiency and capacity tests shall be furnished before the 
test.  A test report including logs, heat-balance calculations, and tabulated results together with conclusions 
shall be delivered in quadruplicate.  An analysis of the fuel being burned on the test shall be submitted 
to the Contracting Officer.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<LST>e.  The analysis shall include all pertinent data tabulated in the <RID>ASME PTC 4</RID> abbreviated efficiency 
test.  Necessary temporary test piping not less than <MET>100 mm </MET><ENG>4 inches</ENG> in diameter and steam silencer to 
exhaust excess steam to atmosphere, in the event the boiler load is insufficient to meet the capacity 
specified, shall be provided.  Control valve for exhausting excess steam to atmosphere shall be provided 
in a convenient location inside the boiler room.  Instruments required for conducting the boiler tests 
are contained in <RID>ASME PTC 19.11</RID>.</LST><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.13.3   Test of Fuel Burning Equipment</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Test of fuel burning equipment shall demonstrate that equipment installed will meet the requirements of the specifications.  
Oil burners shall meet the test requirements of <RID>UL 296</RID>.  The accuracy range and smoothness of operation of the 
combustion controls shall be demonstrated by varying the demand throughout the entire firing range required by 
the turndown ratio specified for the [burner][ and ][stoker] and, in the case of automatic sequenced burners, 
by further varying the firing rate to require on-off cycling.  The control accuracy shall be as specified.  The 
specified turndown ratio shall be verified by firing at the minimum firing rate.  The operation of the flame 
safeguard control shall be verified by simulated flame and ignition failures.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.13.4   Test of Deaerating Feedwater Heater</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Test of deaerating feedwater heater shall demonstrate that the equipment installed shall meet the requirements 
specified as to performance, capacity, and quality of effluent.  During the operating test of the boilers, tests 
shall be conducted to determine oxygen content in accordance with <RID>ASTM D 888</RID>, Method A.  Boilers shall be operated 
at varying loads up to maximum heater capacity while oxygen tests are being made.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.13.5   Test of Water Treatment Equipment</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Test of water treatment equipment shall meet the requirements specified as to capacity and quality of effluent.  
Tests for ion-exchange units shall cover at least two complete regenerations and capacity runs.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.13.6   Test for Steam Purity and Water Level Stability</TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>Test for steam purity, in accordance with <RID>ASTM D 1066</RID>, and water level stability shall be simultaneous under 
the operating conditions specified.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<SPT><TTL>3.13.6.1   <TST>Conductivity Tests for Boilers without Superheaters</TST></TTL><BRK/>
<NTE><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/>
<NPR>NOTE:  Delete the inapplicable paragraph.</NPR><BRK/>
<AST/><BRK/></NTE>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Steam tests for boilers without superheaters, not used for power generation or large turbine drive, shall be 
made on steam sampled in accordance with <RID>ASTM D 1066</RID>, using the conductivity method in <RID>ASTM D 2186</RID>.  The conductivity 
of the steam corrected for carbon dioxide and ammonia content shall not exceed 30 microhms at <MET>18 degrees C</MET><ENG>65 
degrees F</ENG>.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.13.6.2   <TST>Conductivity Test, Boilers with or without Superheaters</TST></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>The steam for boilers, with or without superheat, used for power generation or turbine drive for air-conditioning 
equipment shall be sampled in accordance with <RID>ASTM D 1066</RID> and shall be tested in accordance with the conductivity 
method in <RID>ASTM D 2186</RID>, with the conductivity of the steam corrected for carbon dioxide and ammonia content not 
to exceed 4.0 microhms at <MET>18 degrees C</MET><ENG>65 degrees F</ENG>.</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
<SPT><TTL>3.13.6.3   <TST>Water Level Stability Test</TST></TTL><BRK/>
<BRK/>
<TXT>[Water level stability test first shall be conducted by use of the manual bypass around the feedwater regulator.  
Test then shall be repeated using the automatic feedwater regulator.  Boiler shall maintain specified water level 
stability under both conditions.]</TXT><BRK/>
<BRK/></SPT>
</SPT></SPT></PRT>    <END/><BRK/></SEC>